- 199.29 MB
- 2021-10-11 发布
- 1、本文档由用户上传,淘文库整理发布,可阅读全部内容。
- 2、本文档内容版权归属内容提供方,所产生的收益全部归内容提供方所有。如果您对本文有版权争议,请立即联系网站客服。
- 3、本文档由用户上传,本站不保证质量和数量令人满意,可能有诸多瑕疵,付费之前,请仔细阅读内容确认后进行付费下载。
- 网站客服QQ:403074932
全册全套优质课件
人教版七年级英语上册分单元课件
Unit1-
u
nit9
(含
starter
)
Starter
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
Unit1-
u
nit3
1a-2e
Learn the pronunciation and writing of letters Aa~Hh and consolidate the pronouncing rules of the vowel letters A, E in English words.
Learn to say hello to people with hello, hi, Good morning/afternoon/evening and their answers.
Learn to greet people with
“How
are you
?”
and their answers.
Language Goal
Hi! Wu Yifan!
Say hello to our friends.
(跟我们的朋友们问好吧
。
)
Hi ! Chen Ming!
Warming up
Hello! Mike!
Say
hello to our friends.
(跟我们的朋友们问好吧
。
)
Good morning,
John!
Say hello to our friends.
(跟我们的朋友们问好吧
。
)
Now, let’s meet
some new friends.
This is …
这位是
……
Write down the names in the picture.
Boys’ names:
___________
___________
Girl’s names:
________
________
Bob Dale
Eric Frank
Alice Cindy
Helen Grace
1a
Good morning!
早上/上午好!是早上或上午十二点前较为正式的问候语,答语仍为
Good morning!
在非正式场合下,可省略
good
,只用
Morning!
来相互问候
。
Language points
1.— Good morning,Mr Chen.
—________,Alice.
A.Good evening
B.Good morning
C.Good afternoon
B
【
运用
】
hello
interj
.
你好;喂
hello
“
你好
”
,
hello
同
hi
一样,用于朋友、熟人之间
非正式的问候
,是常见的比较随便的问候语。
例如:
—
Hello
, Frank!
—
你好,弗兰克
!
—
Hello
, Eric!
—
你好,埃里克
!
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
Hello!
与
Hi!
Hello
!
意为“你好!”,是比较随意的、不分时间的一种问候语,通常用于打招呼、打电话,引起对方注意。
Hi
!
意为“你好!”,比
Hello
使用时更随意。
中国人与外国人打招呼的差异
“吃了吗”
,
“去哪儿”是中国人习惯的打招呼方式,而西方人就简单问声好,一个“
Hello
”
就好!
1.—
Hello,Bob.
—
______,Tim.
A.How are you B.Hello
C.Good morning
2. —
Hello,Bob!
—
________,Frank.
A.OK B.Hi C.Thanks
B
B
【
运用
】
3.
下列选项中与
“
Hello,Helen
”
意思
最相近的一项____
A.Good morning,Helen.
B.Morning good,Helen.
C.Hi,Helen.
C
1b
Listen and repeat.
1b
Good morning, Helen!
Hi, Bob!
Good morning, Alice!
Good morning, Cindy!
Hello, Frank!
Hello, Eric!
Good morning, Dale!
1c
Practice the conversations in the picture.
Greet your new friend in the class.
Good morning,…!
Hi,…!
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K, L, M, N,
O, P, Q,
R, S, T,
U, V, W, X, Y, Z
(
26
个
)
Do you know them?
Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh
Listen and repeat.
2a
h a e g
d b c f
8
1
5
7
4
2
3
6
Listen and number the letters you hear[1-8].
2b
Look and copy.
Look and copy.
2c
D A B E H F C
G
f e g a c b h
d
Which letter is missing?
Write the missing big letter or small letter
for each pair.
2d
g
A
C
F
g
D
b
E
HB
CD
BBC
2e
Talk about what these letters mean.
中国篮球协会
Do you know what these letters mean?
ABC
CBC
NBA
CBA
MBA
CAAC
ID
美/澳广播公司
加拿大广播公司
全美篮球协会
工商管理硕士
中国民航
身份证
IBM
DDD
IDD
BA
BC
AD
HK
美国国际商用机器公司
国内长途直拨
国际长途直拨
文学学士
公元前
公元
香港
I.
选择。
1.
下列字母的发音与字母B的发音所含元音音素相同的一组是________.
A.EFH B.ACD C.CEG
C
2.
在四线格中占格相同的一组字母________.
A.gb B.df C.ae
C
Exercises
3.
下列字母是元音字母的一组是________.
A.EG B.AC C.AE
4.
用来表示
“
(铅笔芯)硬黑
”
的字母组合是________.
A.BH B.HB C.GH
C
B
5.
按字母表顺序排列的一组字母是________.
A.CEH B.DAE C.GFC
6.
找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项: e ( )
A.c B.h C.f
A
A
1.Hello,
I’m
Grace.
A.
你好爱丽丝
。
2.Hello, Alice.
B.
你好我是格雷斯
。
3.Hi, Eric.
C.
你好艾瑞克
。
4.Good morning, Helen.
D.
我是鲍勃
。
5.I am Bob.
E.早上好,
海伦
。
II.
情景对话。
B
A
C
E
D
III.
补充大小写字母。
Gg
分别占上两格和下两格;
Hh
都占上两格;
Aa
分别占上两格和中间格;
Dd
都占上两格;
Cc
分别占上两格和中间格;
Bb
都占上两格;
Ff
分别占上两格和上中下三格;
Ee
分别占上两格和中间格。
1. Practice greeting your friends in English
after class.
2. Recite the letters A to Hh.
3. Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
3a-4
d
Language Goal
To learn new words:
afternoon, evening, how, are, you, I, am, fine, thanks, OK.
To learn how to greet people.
Good afternoon! Good evening!
—How are you?
—Fine./I'm fine./I'm OK, thanks.
比一比
,
看谁反应快
Warming up
Listen and number the pictures[1-3].
3a
仔细观察下面三幅图画,你知道一天当
中什么时候见面问上午好、下午好、晚上好吗?
Good morning!
8:00
Good afternoon!
15:00
Good evening!
19:00
Good afternoon!
下午好
!
例:
Good afternoon
, Eric!
下午好
,
埃里克
!
Good evening
, Bob!
晚上好
,
鲍勃
!
Language points
下午和晚上的问候语
(1)
Good afternoon!
“下午好! ”是用于下午见面时的交际用语。
(2)
Good evening!
“晚上好! ”
是
晚上见面时的问候语。
1. 当你晚上见到了你的好朋友,应该说
“
________
”
.A. How are you? B. I’m Grace C. Good evening.
2. —
Good afternoon
,
Jack.
—
________
A.Good morning
,
Emma
.
B.Good evening
,
Kate.
C.Good afternoon
,
Victor
.
C
C
3.
假如下午三点左右你在学校里遇见了你的英语
老师怀特先生,你可以说
,
Mr. White!
A. Good morning
B. Good afternoon
C. Good evening
D. Good night
B
Practice the conversations in 3a with your partner.
3b
Listen to the conversation. Then practice it with your partner.
3c
Collect your group members’ English name and put them in alphabetical order.
Pair work
How are you?
你好吗?
I’m fine / OK, thanks.
我很好,谢谢。
英美国家较熟悉的人之间见面时
常用的问候语
,并不是想深
入交谈某人的健康状况,
只是一种礼貌的问候方式
,常见的
答语为:
I’m fine, thanks. / Very well. (I’m OK. / I’m all right.)
Thank you./ Thanks.
【拓展】
How do you do?
(你好。)
初次见面的问候语,对方
也用同样的话回答。
Language points
1.— How _____ you?
— I ____ fine. Thanks.
A. are; am B. are; is C. am, are
2.
下列选项中与“I am fine.Thank you
.”
意思最接近的一项是________.
A.I
’
m five,thanks.
B.You are fine,thanks.
C.I
’m fine
,thanks.
【
运用
】
A
C
Cindy
Alice
Eric
Frank
Choose an English name for yourself. Then greet each other.
Jack
Jenny
3d
Hi, Cindy! How are you?
Hi, Eric! I’m fine. Thanks.
Hello, Alice! How are you?
I’m fine.
And you?
I’m OK.
Write the names of the children on page S1. Then write the names in alphabetical order.
4a
Dale
Frank
Grace
Alice
按性别分类
:
Bob
Dale
Eric
Frank
Helen
Alice
Cindy
Grace
Name List
_______________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________
Alice
Bob
Cindy
Dale
Eric
Frank
Grace
Helen
Listen and repeat.
A
A H D
a
le Gr
a
ce
Fr
a
nk
th
a
nks
B
B C D E G evening
F Helen
4b
[ei]
c
a
ke gr
a
pe n
a
me
sn
a
ke f
a
ce b
a
by
[
æ
]
h
a
ve
a
pple
b
a
g
c
a
t
h
a
t
f
a
t
[i:]
w
e
m
e
sh
e
tr
ee
sh
ee
p Chin
e
se
[e]
l
e
g d
e
sk s
e
ven
y
e
s el
e
ven
Read the letters and words in column 1. Then try to read the new words in column 2.
1
2
A
A H D
a
le Gr
a
ce
a
ge
Fr
a
nk th
a
nks
h
a
nd
E
B C D E G
e
vening
h
e
F H
e
len
b
e
d
4c
Listen and sing the song.
Good morning!
Good morning!
How are you?
I’m fine, thanks.
How are you?
I’m OK.
Good afternoon! Good afternoon!
How are you?
I’m fine, thanks.
How are you?
I’m OK.
Good evening!
Good evening!
How are you?
I’m fine, thanks.
How are you?
I’m OK.
4d
I.
选择。
1.
下面三个选项中画线部分发音不同的一项______.
A.name B.Dale C.thanks
C
2.—How are you
?
—I’m fine
,thanks.How are you?
—
_____
A.How do you do? B.How are you?
C.I’m OK.
C
Exercises
3.
早晨在校门口遇到同学时,应该怎样打招呼?
A.Good afternoon! B.Good morning!
C.Good evening! D.See you.
B
4.
当别人向你问好时说“How are you?”你应该回答
A.Fine,thank you. B.Hello.
C.How are you?
A
A. How are you
?
B. P﹣E﹣N﹣C﹣I﹣L
.
C. It’s a pencil
.
D. Good evening
!
E. Good afternoon
!
F. Hello. G. I’m OK
.
A:
(1)
B:Good afternoon!
(2)
A:I'm fine,thanks.And you?
B:
(3)
Look!What's this in English?
A:
(4)
B:Spell it,please.
A:
(5)
B:Thank you.
II.
补全对话。
E
A
G
C
B
Review the new words and expressions in this period.
2. Practice and write down the conversations.
Homework
1a-2e
To learn the new words:
map, cup, ruler, pen,
orange, jacket, key, quilt
.
To identify things
.
To learn to use a/an
.
To learn to read and write letters
Ii–Rr
.
Objectives
Guess
:
What is this?
I think it’s ...
Warming-up
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
73
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
74
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
Guess: What is this?
I think it’s ...
Let’s identify the things.
让我们来认识这些东西吧。
What’s this in English?
It’s a key.
What’s that in English?
It’s a jacket.
What’s this in English?
It’s an orange.
What’s this in English?
It’s a pen.
What’s that in English?
It’s a quilt.
What’s this in English?
It’s a ruler.
What’s that in English?
It’s a cup.
单词竞赛
看谁说得又快又正确。
Look for the small letters in the picture for these big letters. Check (√) the ones you find.
A
_____
B
_____
C
_____
D
_____
E
_____
F
_____
G
_____
H
_____
√
1a
√
√
√
√
—What’s this in English?
这个用英语怎么说
?
—It’s a jacket.
它是一件夹克衫。
(1)this
是指示代词,意为“这;这个”,指近处或距说话人近的人或事物。
that
意为“那;那个”,指远处或距说话人远的人或事物。如
:
This is a ruler.
That is a key.
Language points
(2)
in English
意为“用英语 ”,其中
in是介词,表示
“用语言、声音、方式等”。
如:
in Chinese
用汉语
in Japanese
用日语
What’s this in Chinese?
这个用汉语怎么说?
It
’
s an orange.
它是一个桔子。
it
是
人称代词
,意为“
它
”。用于代替
第三人称单
数可数名词
。其中,
it
’
s
是
it is
的缩写
,意为“
它是、
它在
”。用于回答
“
What
’
s this?
”
或者
“
What
’
s that?
”
—
What
’
s this?
—
It
’
s
an English book.
(
2
)不定冠词
a
和
an
的用法
冠词
a
和
an
是一种虚词,只用在单数可数名词前,表示“一”的意思。
a
用在以辅音音素开头的单词之前,
an
用在以元音音素开头的单词之前。这里的元音音素和辅音音素是指读音,而不是指字母。如:
a pen
/pen/ 一支钢笔 /p/为辅音音素
an apple
/'æpl/ 一个苹果 /æ/为元音音素
1. —
What
’s
this?
—
_______
“I”
.
A.
It
’
s
B.This is C.Its
A
2.
What ________ this in English?
A.be B.am C.is
C
3.
It
’
s a jacket.(就画线部分提问)
this in English?
【
运用
】
What is
_____ map _____ pen
_____ key _____ cup
_____ ruler _____ jacket
_____ quilt _____ orange
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
an
用
a
或
an
填空。
Listen and repeat.
What’s this in English?
It’s an orange.
What’s that in English?
It’s a jacket.
1b
Draw a picture of your own rooms and write down the English names of the things in your rooms. Then talk about your rooms like this:
What’s this in English?
It’s a/an ...
Group work
Practice the conversation in the picture with your partner. Then make your own conversations.
What’s this/that in English?
It’s a/an ...
pen
key
orange
ruler
jacket
dog
1c
i
J
j
k
l
m
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
n
o
p
q
r
/a
i
/
/ʤe
i
/
/ke
i
/
/el/
/em/
/
a:
/
/en/
/əʊ/
/pi:/
/kju:/
Listen and repeat.
2a
I
l
o
q k
i
n
p
r
m
j
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
10
Listen and number the letters you
hear[1-10].
2b
Look and copy.
2c
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
Match the letters.
m
K
p
R
j
Q
l
O
n
I
2d
Write the missing big letter or small letter
for each pair.
Talk about what these letters mean.
2e
P =
parking
NBA
NBA =
National Basketball Association
(美国)全国篮球协会
kg =
kilogram
千克;公斤
I. 英汉互译。
用汉语
_____________
2.
一个橙子
_____________
3.
一件上衣
_____________
4.
一幅地图
_____________
in Chinese
an orange
a jacket
a map
Exercises
5. a pen _____________
6. in English _____________
7. that key _____________
8. This is a ruler. _____________
9.
这用英语怎么说?
_________________________
一支钢笔
用英语
那把钥匙
这是把直尺。
What
’
s this in English?
Ⅱ.
选择。
1.
选出不同类单词( )
A.quilt B.pen C.bed D.orange
2.
“千克”
的英文缩写是 _______.
A.UN B.cm C.kg
3.
找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项e ( )
A.g B.J C.O
D
C
A
Ⅲ.
在四线三格中写出所给字母的左邻右舍。
I i
K k
O o
N n
J j
M m
P p
Q q
F f
L l
Q q
P p
R r
E e
G
g
1.Review the words and patterns you have
learned today.
2.Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
3a-4d
To learn to use sentence patterns.
To learn to spell words.
To learn to read the letters
A、E、I、O
.
Objectives
What’s this?
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
e
k
t
j
a
c
It’s a jacket.
J-A-C-K-E-T, jacket.
Warming-up
What’s this?
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
g
n
e
o
r
a
It’s an orange.
O-R-A-N-G-E, orange.
Listen and number the pictures[1-8].
3a
Listen and complete the words under the pictures in 3a.
3b
r
l r
m
p
j a
e
k e
q i l
o
a
n
e
p
c
p
a
__u__e__
a __a__
a _ _c k_t
a
__ __
y
a __ u __ __ t
an
_ r__ __g _
a __en
a
_ u
__
Listen to the conversation. Then practice it with your partner.
3c
A: What’s this in English?
B: It’s a/an…
A: Spell it, please.
B: …
pairwork
Spell
it
,
please.
请拼写一下。
(1)
此句是
此句是祈使句,以动词原形开头,表示请求、命令等,常在句首或句末加
please
。
句末加
please
时,前面多用逗号。
Please come in.=Come in,please.
请进
。
Language points
(2)拼读规则:按字母顺序直接读出,书写时字母都要大写,且用连字符连接起来。
—
Spell key,please.
请拼写key。
—
K-E-Y.K-E-Y。
【
拓展
】
请对方拼写单词还可以表达为
:
How do you spell
“
pen
”
?
你怎样拼写“
pen
”?
Can
you spell
“
pen
”
?
你会拼写“
pen
”吗?
1.—
________
—
R﹣U﹣L﹣E﹣R
A.What’s this? B.Is this a ruler? C.Please spell it.
2.
you,it,spell,can
(连词成句)
?
【
运用
】
C
Can you spell it?
Listen to the conversations and number the words you hear[1-4].
1
key
pen
cup
ruler
3d
2
3
4
Talk about the things in the picture.
3e
What’s that in English?
It’s an orange.
Spell it, please.
O-R-A-N-G-E.
Spell it, please.
What’s …?
It’s ...
…
What’s that in English?
It’s a quilt.
Spell it, please.
Q-U-I-L-T.
Pair work
___
B
C
___
E
___
___
H
I
___
K
L
M
___
O
___
___
R
a
b
___
d
___
f
___
h
i
j
___
l
___
___
o
p
___
___
J
A
D
k
F
G
N
P
Q
c
e
g
m
n
q
r
Fill in the missing letters.
4a
Number the words in alphabetical
order [1-15].
( )
jacket ( 1 ) Alice ( ) map ( ) key
( ) orange ( ) Dale ( ) Helen ( ) Grace
( ) Cindy ( ) Bob ( ) pen ( ) Frank
( ) quilt ( ) Eric ( ) ruler
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
4b
Listen and repeat.
A
A H J K D
a
le Gr
a
ce
Fr
a
nk th
a
nks j
a
cket m
a
p
E
B C D E G P
e
vening
F L M N H
e
len p
e
n
I
I h
i
f
i
ne
qu
i
lt
i
n
O
O
O
K
o
range
4c
字母
Ii
~
Rr
的书写及发音。
在书写英语字母时,每个字母都应向右倾斜,约为
5°
。且大写字母都占上中格,可顶第一线。具体书写及笔顺如下:
Language points
字母
Ii
~
Rr
的读音依次为:
其中
Ii
和
Oo
是元音字母,其余均为辅音字母。
(1)
元音字母
Ii,
在“
I +
辅音字母
(r
除外
) +
不发音的
e
”
这一重读开音节中,读字母本身的读音 ,如:
bike, nice
等。
元音字母
Ii
,
在“
i
+
一个或几个辅音字母
(r
除外
)”
这一闭音节中,通常读短音
,
例如:
this, six
等。
(2)
元音字母
O o
在重读开音节中读字母本身的读音
如:
no, hello
等。
元音字母
O o
在闭音节中读短音
如:
not, box
等。
语音知识
含有字母
a
的读音的字母有:
H
、
J
、
K
。
含有字母
e
的读音的字母有:
B
、
C
、
D
、
G
、
P
。
I
O
A
E
A
A
H
J
K
D
a
le Gr
a
ce
n
a
me
Fr
a
nk th
a
nks j
a
cket m
a
p
c
a
n
E
B
C
D
E
G
P
e
vening
h
e
F
L
M
N
H
e
len p
e
n
l
e
g
Read the letters and words in column 1.
Then try to read the new words in column 2.
4d
I
I
h
i
f
i
ne
n
i
ce
qu
i
lt
i
n
m
i
lk
O
O
O
K
g
o
o
range
d
o
g
I. 根据图片提示写出正确的单词,并在单词前加上正确的不定冠词.
Exercises
a cup
an apple
a coat
a pen
a map
II
. 完成对话,每空一词
。
A:Hello, Mrs.White.
B:
, Eric.
A:
are you?
B:
fine.
you.
A:Oh,
this
English?
B:It’s a pencil .
A:
it,
.
B:P﹣E﹣N﹣C﹣I﹣L.
Hello
How
I’m
Thank
What’s
in
Spell
please
III
.
单项
选择
。
1.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项e ( )
A.g B.J C.O
2. — Spell it, please.
— _______.
A.NAME B. name C.N﹣A﹣M﹣E
C
A
3.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项f( )
A. r B. q C. pen
C
4.找出与所给字母含有相同音素的选项o( )
A. orange B.OK C. dog
B
5. — What’ s this?
— _______ “I” .
A. It’s B. This is C. Its
6. This’ is _______nice jacket.
A. an B. a C./
B
A
1. 两人一组练习句型
—What’s this/that (in English)?
—It’s a/an…
—Spell it, please.
2. Preview the new words and expressions in Starter Unit 3.
Homework
To learn new words:
color, red ,yellow ,green,
blue, black, white, purple ....
To learn to id
en
tify things
.
Objectives
What colors do you know?
What colors do you like?
Why do you like it?
Free talk
Guessing colors (猜颜色):
Warming-up
red
yellow
green
blue
black
white
pink
brown
purple
orange
调色板
Guess: What color is it ?
+
+
+
pink
purple
grey
red
white
red
blue
black
white
red
yellow
pink
green
purple
orange
blue
white
brown
What color is it?
red _____
yellow _____
green _____
blue _____
black _____
white _____
purple _____
brown _____
Look at the picture. Write the letter for each color.
1a
V
S
Y
W
Z
U
X
T
Can you say what colors they are?
blue
red
yellow
green
black
Listen and repeat.
What’s that?
It’s black.
It’s Z.
What color is it?
1b
Language points
What’s this?
(
这是什么?
)
What’s that?
(
那是什么?
)
以上用来提问物体。如果提问人,要用
Who
。
如:
Who’s that?
那是谁?
What color
is…?
用来询问颜色,意思是“某物是
什么颜色
的?”通常用“
It’s +
颜色
”来回答。(
It’s
可以省略)
—
What color is this ruler? — It’s blue. (
或
Blue.)
color
是美式英语的拼写,英式英语常拼写为
colour
。
①n.
颜色
②
v.
涂色
运用
1.— What’ s this?—______ pencil.
It’ s B. It’ s a C. it’s
2. — ________is the pen?—It’ s blue.
A. What B. How C. What color
3.— What color is the quilt?
—______.
A. Red B. Fine C. Please
B
C
A
It’s red.
Practice the conversations in the picture with your partner. Then make your own conversations.
What color is it?
1c
Listen and repeat.
S s T t U u V v
W w X x Y y Z z
2a
/
e
s/
/ t
i:
/
/
j
u:
/
/ v
i:
/
/
’d
ʌ
bl
j
u:
/
/
e
ks/
/ w
ai
/
/z
i:
/
Listen and number the letters you hear
[1-8].
2b
t z v x
w y u s
2
8
4
6
5
7
3
1
Look and copy.
2c
S
U
Y
T
X
Z
V
Write the missing big letter or small letter for each pair.
2d
W
t
z
v
w
s
u
y
x
Talk about what these letters mean.
2e
UFO
CCTV
Do you know what these letters mean?
S=small
小号
M=medium
中号
L=large
大号
UFO=unidentified flying object
(不明飞行物)
CCTV= China Central Television
SARS
NATO
严重急性呼吸道综合症
(
非典
)
北大西洋公约组织(简称北约
)
Do you know what these letters mean?
WTO
FBI
世界贸易组织
美国联邦调查局
Do you know what these letters mean?
Ⅰ.
根据句意及汉语提示完成句子
。
1
.
What ________ (
颜色
) is the map?
2
.
The quilt is ________ (
黄色
)
.
3
.
The grass is ________ (
绿色
)
.
4
.
My pen is ________ (
红色
)
.
5
.
The jacket is ________ (
黑色
)
.
black
color
yellow
green
red
Exercises
1. — What color is it?
— It’s ____ red. It’s ___ red car.
A. /, / B. a, a C. a, the D. /, a
2. My jacket is ____ . It is ______ jacket.
A. an orange, an orange
B. an orange, orange
C. orange, an orange
D. orange, orange
D
C
II.
单选。
Ⅲ
. 补全对话, 请根据上下文将对话补完整。
A: Good ___________!
B: Good evening!
A: ______ are you?
B: I’m _______, ___________. And you?
A: I’m OK.
A: Excuse me.__________ this in English?
B: _______ ______ eraser(
橡皮檫
).
evening
How
fine
thanks
What’s
It’s
an
A: ______ ______, please?
B: E-R-A-S-E-R.
A: _______ _______ is it?
B: _______ white. _______ a _______ _______.
A: Thank _________.
B: You’re welcome. (
不用谢
)
Spell
it
What
color
It’s
It’s
white
you
eraser
Review what you learned today.
Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
3a-4d
Objectives
To learn to use the.
Develop the ability of making a conversation.
What color is it? It’s ...
Master the use of the pronunciation of the five vowel letters.
What color is it?
red
white
blue
yellow
green
red and yellow
Warming-up
Listen and color the things.
3a
Listen again. Complete the sentences.
3b
1.
The key is
_____
.
2.
The ruler is
____.
3.
The cup is _________.
yellow
blue
red
Listen and complete the chart.
Thing
Color
3c
jacket
quilt
pen
brown
purple
green
What’s this?
It’s
...
What color is it?
It’s...
Make conversations using the things in 3a-3c.
A: What’s this in English?
B: It’s a key.
A: Spell it, please.
B: K-E-Y.
A: What color is it?
B: It’s yellow.
3d
A: Hi, …!
B: Hi, …!
A: What’s this in English?
B: It’s a/an …
A: Spell it please.
B: …
A: What color is it?
B: It’s ….
___ ____
Make conversations
q
w
e
r
t
y
u
i
o
p
a
s
d
f
g
h
j
k
l
z
x
c
v
b
n
m
Find the letters from A to Z. Write the small
letter next to each big letter.
4a
Listen and sing the alphabet song.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K, L, M,
O, P, Q, R, S, T,
U, V, W, X, Y, Z.
X, Y, Z — Now you see,
I can say my ABCs.
4b
A
A H J K D
a
le Gr
a
ce
Fr
a
nk th
a
nks j
a
cket m
a
p bl
a
ck
E
B C D E G P T V Z
e
vening
F L M N S X (Z)
H
e
len p
e
n r
e
d y
e
llow
I
I Y h
i
f
i
ne wh
i
te
qu
i
lt
i
n
O
O
O
K n
o
o
range
U
Q U W
c
u
p
r
u
ler bl
u
e
Listen and repeat.
4c
A H J K
B C D E G P T V
F L M N S X Z
I Y
O
Q U W
R
[ ei ]
[ e ]
[ ai ]
[ i: ]
[ju:]
字母表按读音归类
[
a:
]
Don’t forget O and R !
Can you find the soldiers?
规则:五个元音
A, E, I, O, U
是司令,其余辅音字母含有该元音字母读音的字母就是它的小兵。我们分组来招兵买马。剩下的字母怎么办呢?它们跟随一个假司令
—
它们的共同读音
/e/
。还有一个字母,是一个流浪兵。快把他们找出来。
A, B, C, D, E, F, G
H, I, J, K, L, M, N
O, P, Q, R, S, T
U, V, W, X, Y, Zv
分类如下:
1.Aa司令的小兵是Hh, Jj, Kk;
Ee司令的小兵是Bb,Cc,Dd,Gg,Pp,Tt,Vv,(Zz);
Ii司令的小兵只有Yy,有时冒充副司令;
Oo是一个光杆司令;
Uu司令的小兵是Qq, Ww。
2. /e/是一个假司令,跟着一群笨蛋兵是Ff, Ll, Mm, Nn, Ss, Xx, Zz。
3. Rr是一个流浪兵,最怕孤独爱组合,总是跟着司令屁股后面转。
ar,er,ir,or,ur, air,eer,ear,our
小结
The pronunciation rules of the vowels.
A
A H J K Dale Grace
Frank thanks jacket map black
E
B C D E G P T V Z evening
F L M N S X(Z)
Helen pen red yellow
I
I Y hi fine white
quilt in
O
O OK no
orange
U
Q U W
ruler blue
cup
/eI/
/æ/
/i:/
/ e /
/aI/
/ I /
/əʊ/
/ɒ/ /ɔ:/
/u:/
/v/
Aa
/e
I
/
/æ/
/e
I
/
n
a
m
e
m
a
p
Ee
/i:/
/e/
/i:/
h
e
p
e
n
Ii
/a
I
/
/a
I
/
/
I
/
n
i
c
e
qu
i
lt
Oo
/ə
ʊ
/
/ə
ʊ
/
/ ɒ /
n
o
s
e
n
o
t
Uu
/
j
u:/
/ /
/
j
u:/
v
b
u
t
u
se
1.下面哪一组中的元音字母读音相同?( )
A.“O” in no 与 “O ” in not
B.“E” in English 与 “E” in red
C.“I” in this 与 “I” in quilt
D.“A” in what 与 “A” in that
2.选出含有相同音素的选项 ( )
A. b i B. d r C. g p D. j p
C
C
运用
Listen and read the chant.
A, E, I, O, U.
A, E, I, O, U.
A, E, I, O, U.
A in Grace,
A in Dale,
E in green,
E in evening,
I in white,
I in hi,
O in no,
O in OK,
U in blue.
U in ruler.
A, E, I, O, U.
A, E, I, O, U.
A, E, I, O, U.
4d
I
.
单选
。
1.下列字母都含有相同元音音素的一组是
______.
A. UWR
B. AKGC
C. FMS
2.The key is
yellow. 的同义句是
:( )
A. The
key yellow.
B. The
is a yellow key.
C. This
is a yellow key
3.The panda
(熊猫)
is
_______.
A. red
and green
B. yellow
and white
C. black
and white
Exercises
C
C
C
Dale, name, Hello, my, is
___________________________
color, is, what, it
___________________________
morning, Helen, good
___________________________
is, this, what, English, in
___________________________
to, nice, you, meet
___________________________
Hello, my name is Dale!
What color is it?
Good morning, Helen!
What is this in English?
Nice to meet you!
II.
连词成句。
Ⅲ.
对句子中画线的部分提问
。
1. This is
a map
.
2. My bike is
black
.
3. I’m
fine
.
4. He is
my father
.
5. He is a
teacher
.
6. Mike is
OK
.
What’s this?
What color is your bike?
How are you?
Who is he?
What is he?
How is Mike?
Ⅳ
.
找出句中的错误并加以改正
。
1.( )
Spell
you
name
,
please
. __________
A B C D
2.( )
What’s
is
your
name
? __________
A B C D
3.( )
—
What’s
this
in
English?
—
This
is
a
key.______
A B C D
4.( )
—
How
is
you ?
—
I’m
very
well
. ________
A B C D
5.( )
—
Are
you
Mr Li
?
—Yes
,
I’m
. ________
A B C D
6.( )
What
color
is
a
jacket
? __________
A B C D
B
your
A
What
C
It
B
are
D
I am
C
the
1.read and recite words in s
tarter Unit 3.
2.Preview the new words and expressions.
in unit 1.
Homework
unit 1
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
My
name's Gina.
Section A 1a-2d
To learn these new words:
name, nice, to, meet, too, your, Ms.
To learn the following sentence patterns:
What's your name?
My name's...
I'm...
Language
Goals
Emotional
Goals
Try to be polite and friendly to others.
Learn to greet people and introduce
yourself to your new friends.
How to greet people?
Warming-up
Hi! Good morning!
Hello!
Good afternoon!
How are you? Good evening!
How do you do?
How to introduce yourself?
My name’s Gina!
Hello! What’s your name?
I’m Jenny! Nice to meet you!
Hi, Jenny. Nice to meet you, too!
Match the things with their names.
cup
map
bag
ruler
basketball
cap
Role play the conversations with your partners.
How many other words do you know in this picture? Write them down.
1a
1.___________
2.___________
3.___________
4.___________
5.___________
6.___________
7.___________
8.___________
9.___________
10.___________
map
book
cup
basketball
clock
key
jacket
schoolbag
cap
ruler
自我介绍句型:
(1)My name’s...
(2)I’m...
—Hello, My name’s Gina.
—Hi. I’m Jenny.
What's your name?
拓 展
根据提示,完成句子。
1. I’m Lin Fei.(改为同义句)
_
is Lin Fei.
2. My
(名字) is Linda.
My name
name
运 用
假如你是李明,向陌生人做自我介绍,你说:
A. My name is Li Ming.
B. Her
name is Li Ming.
C. His
name is Li Ming.
D. Your
name is Li Ming.
A
回答
What's your name?
的三种形式
(1)
My name is
…
(2)
I
’
m
…
(3)
直接说名字
询问对方姓名的句型还有:
(1
)
May
I have your name
?
我可以知道你的名字吗
?
(2
)
May
I ask your name
?
我可以问一下你的名字吗
?
(3
)
Can
you tell me your name
?
你能告诉我你的名字吗
?
(4
)
Your
name, please
?
请告诉我你的名字。
拓 展
1.My name is John Smith. (对画线部分提问)
name?
2. —What’s your name, please?
—_________________
A. I’m a teacher. B. His name is Paul.
C. How do you do? D. I’m Li Lei.
D
What's your
运 用
Listen and number the conversation[1-3].
A: What’s your name?
B: Alan.
A: Hello, Alan. I’m Ms. Brown.
A: Good morning! I’m Cindy.
B: Hello, Cindy! I’m Dale.
A: Nice to meet you!
A: Hi. My name’s Gina.
B: I’m Jenny. Nice to meet you!
A: Nice to meet you, too.
2
1
3
1b
A: Hello! What’s
your
name?
My
name
’s
…
I am…
I’m…
A: Nice/Glad to meet/see you!
B: Nice/Glad to meet/see you, too!
B:
Pair-work: Make conversations with you partner.
you can use these sentence patterns
Practice the following three conversations with your partner.
Hello, Cindy! I’m Dale.
Nice to meet you!
Good morning! I'm Cindy.
Conversation 1
1c
Nice to meet you, too!
Alan
.
What’s your name?
Hello, Alan. I’m Ms. Brown
.
Conversation 2
Hi. My name’s Gina.
Nice to meet you, too!
I’m
Jenny.
Nice
to meet you!
Conversation 3
A: Good morning! My name’s / I’m …
B: Hello, …! / I’m …
A: Nice to meet you.
B: Nice to meet you, too.
Role-play
Listen to the conversations and number the pictures [1-4].
2a
3
1
2
4
2b
Listen again. Circle the names you hear.
Eric
Tom
Alice
Bob
Mike
Jack
Mary
Ms. Miller
A:
Hello! What’s your
name?
B:
My name’s …
A:
I’m…
B:
Nice to meet you
!
Make conversations with your deskmate.
(You can use the following sentence patterns.)
2c
A:
What’s his name?
B:
His name is …
A:
And what’s her
name?
B:
Her
name is
…
What’s
his
name?
他叫什么名字
?
他的
询问一个男生名字的时候可以说:
What’s his name?
回答时候可以说:
His name is …
What’s
her
name?
她叫什么名字
?
她的
询问一个女生名字的时候可以说:
What’s her name?
回答时候可以说:
Her name is …
Listen and repeat the conversation with your friend!
Linda: Good afternoon!
My name’s Linda.
Are you Helen?
Helen: Yes, I am. Nice to meet you, Linda.
Linda: Nice to meet you, too. What’s
her name?
Helen: She’s Jane.
Linda: Is he Jack?
Helen: No, he isn’t. His name’s Mike.
2d
1.My name’s...
和
I’m...
都是自我介绍时需要用到
的句型,意为“我的名字叫……”或
“
我是
(叫)……”
后者比前者更随意一些。其中
name’s
是
name is
的缩写形式,
I
’
m
是
I am
的缩写形式。
Language points
这两个句型也可以用来回答
“
What
’
s your
name?
”。
e.g.
—Hello. I
’
m Helen. What
’
s your name, please?
(你好,我是海伦。请问你叫什么?)
—My name
’
s David/I
’
m David.
(我叫戴维。)
—What’s your name?
你叫什么名字?
—Alan. /I’m Alan. /My name is Alan.
艾伦。/我是艾伦。/我的名字是艾伦。
What’s your name?
是询问对方姓名的特殊疑问句,
what’s
是
what is
的缩写。有时句末也可以加上please,
以示客气、礼貌, 读时用降调。
please
可以用逗号和句子隔开。
例:
— What’s your name?
你叫什么名字
?
— My name is Jack./ I’m Jack. / Jack.
我叫杰克。
— What’s her name?
她叫什么名字
?
— Her name is Gina. /She’s Gina. /Gina.
她叫吉娜。
双方初次见面经介绍后常说“Nice to meet you.”。这是陌生人初次见面的客套话。这句话也可以用于双方好久未见,偶然相逢时的场合,表达一种高兴的心情。回答时一般在句末加too。这句话的同义句为:
“Nice to see you.”或“Glad to see you.”
例如
:
—I
’
m Gina.
Nice to meet you!
我叫吉娜。见到你很高兴。
—Nice to meet you, too.
见到你我也很高兴。
2.—
Nice to meet you!
见到你很高兴!
—
Nice to meet you,
too.
见到你我也很高兴。
I.用所给单词的正确形式填空
。
1. Nice
(meet)you.
2. ______(be)you Li Ming?
3. She is my friend.______(she)name is Lily.
4. ______(his)is a Chinese boy.
5. I ______(be)a girl.
to meet
Are
Her
He
am
Exercises
II.
单项选择。
1.
______ her name?
A
.
What B
.
How C
.
How is D
.
What
’
s
2.
—Nice to ______you.
—Nice to meet you
,
too.
A
.
see
B
.
meet C
.
look at D
.
loo
k
D
B
III.
翻译。
1.
—
她叫什么名字?
—
她叫吉娜。
2. 我是汤姆,见到你很高兴!
I’m Tom. Nice to meet you!
—What’s her name?
—Her name is Gina.
1. New words:
2. How to ask for other’s name?
name, nice, to, meet, his, her, too...
What's your/ his/ her name?
Summary
3. How to answer other's question “What's your / his/ her name?”
A. My / His/ Her name's...
B. I’m.../ He is.../ She is...
C.
直接说名字。
4. When we meet sb. for the first time, we usually say
Nice to meet you!
1.
Review the new words and sentence patterns we learned today.
2.Practice the conversations we learned today with your friends.
3. Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
Section A Grammar
Focus-3c
To learn these new
words:
his, and, her, yes, she, he, no, not...
To learn
the use of be verbs.
Language
Goals
To greet people and introduce yourself in a understandable way.
Emotional Goal
T:
What’s
his name? S: He is…/His name is…
T:
What’s
her name? S: She is…/Her name is…
T: Is he/she…? S: Yes, he/she is. /No, he/she
isn’t
.
Free talk
Introduce your friend to your deskmate. You can use the following sentence patterns:
Questions
Answers
What’s
your name?
Alan. / I’m Alan. /
My
name’s Alan.
What’s
his name?
He’s Eric. / His name’s Eric.
What’s
her name?
She’s Mary. / Her name’s Mary.
Is
he Jack?
Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t.
His
name’s Mike.
Are
you Helen?
Yes, I am. / No, I’m not. I’m Gina.
Grammar Focus
what’s
=
what is
name’s
=
name is
I’m
=
I am
he’s
=
he is
she’s
=
she is
Grammar focus
1. What's ____________? I'm Alan.
你叫什么名字? 我是艾伦。
2. What's ____________? He's William.
他叫什么名字? 他是汤姆。
3. What's ____________? Her name is Elsa.
她叫什么名字? 她的名字是艾尔莎。
4. What's ____________? It is Jerry.
它叫什么名字? 它是杰瑞。
5. ____________ Tom? Yes, _________.
你是汤姆吗? 是的,我是。
your name
his name
her name
its name
I am
Are you
Put the words in order to make conversations. Then practice them.
1.
your name What’s Cindy I’m
What’s your name? I’m Cindy.
2.
name his What’s Bob He’s
What’s his name? He’s Bob.
3.
Mike you Are am I Yes
Are you Mike? Yes, I am.
3a
Complete the conversation and practice it with your partner.
A: Hi, ________ your name?
B: My _________Gina. ______ you Tom?
A: ______, I’m not. ______ Bob.
B: Hi,________. _______ to meet you.
A: Nice to ________ you, too.
what’s
name’s
Are
No
I’m
Bob
Nice
meet
3b
Practice the conversation in pairs.
Pair work
Practice introducing yourself and others in a group. How many names can you remember?
3c
Language points
Be
动词的用法
(
1
)我用
am
,你用
are
,
is
连着他,她,
它;
单数
名词用is,复数名词全用
are
。
变
疑问,往前提,句末问号莫丢弃。
变
否定,更容易,
be
后
not
莫忘记。
疑问
否定任你变,句首大写莫迟疑。
(
2
)
含有
be
动词的一般疑问句结构:
Be
动词
+
主语
+
其他
?
其
肯定回答一般
是
“
Yes
,主语
(
人称代词主格
) +be
动词
”
;
其
否定回答一般
是
“
No
,主语
(
人称代词主格
)
+be
动词
+not.
”,
且在否定回答中
,be
动词和
not
常常缩写,
is
not =
isn’t
,
are not =
aren’t
。
若问句的主语
是
第
二
人称,回答时要用第一
人称。
—
Is he Bill
?
他
是比尔吗
?
—
Yes, he is
.
是
的,他是。
—No, he isn
’t
.
不
,他不是。
例 句
—Are you Anna?
你是安娜吗
?
—Yes, I am.
是的,我是。
—No, I'm not.
不,我不是。
单选
。
—
Is he Tom?
—________.
He is Sam.
A
. Yes, he is
B
.
No
, he
isn’t
C
. Yes, he
isn
’
t
D.
No
, he is
B
运 用
翻译句子。
1.
我是埃里克,他是弗兰克,弗兰克和我是
中
学生
。
I ______ Eric. He ______ Frank. Frank and I
_______
middle school students.
am
is
are
2.
这是我的地图。那是她的钥匙。
This
_______ _______ map.
That
______ _______ key.
3
.—她是海伦吗
?
—不
,
她是辛迪
。
—___________
Helen?
—
No,_________ is Cindy
.
is my
is her
Is she
she
代词分类
第一人称
第二人称
第三人称
人称代词主格
I
y
ou
h
e
s
he
i
t
汉语意思
我
你,你们
他
她
它
形容词性物主代词
my
your
his
her
its
汉语意思
我的
你的
,你们的
他的
她的
它的
温馨提示
1.
形容词性物主代词在句中通常作定语
,
其后一定要跟名词
;
2
. 形容词性物主代词的前后不能再出现冠词
。
如
:
his name 不能说 a
his
name 或 his
a name。
I.
单选题
。
—What
’
s
the
boy
’
s
name?
—
_______ is Eric.
A
. He
B
. Her
C
. His
解析
:he为人称代词主格;her为形容词性物主代词或宾格;his为形容词性物主代词。本空在句中作主语,这里应用人称代词主格。故选A
。
运 用
2
.
How
do you get on with
( )
little brother?
I
’
ve
just had a baby sister.
I
’
m
worrying about it.
A. my B. his C. her D. your
解析:你与你的小弟弟相处得怎么样?我刚有了一个小妹妹。我正为此担心。与主语you对应,修饰名词brother,应该用形容词性物主代词your。故选D。
1. ______ (I) ruler is yellow and _______ (he
) ruler
is blue.
解析:修饰名词应该用形容词性物主代词。
his
2.______(her) is your friend.
解析:空格
处是句子的主语,应该用人称代词主格。
She
My
II.
根据
提示,完成句子。
I
.
用
动词
be
的适当形式
填空
。
1. Ms. Miller
my teacher (
老师
) .
2. I
Tom, and you
Bob.
3. —How
you, Mary?
—I
OK, thank you.
is
am
are
are
am
Exercises
4. —What
his name?
—Tony.
5. —
your jacket brown?
—Yes, it
.
is
Is
is
II.
单项选择。
1
.
—
Are you
Mr.
Lee?
—______.
A
. Yes, I’m
B
. No, I am
C
. No, I’m not
D
. Yes, I’m
not
2.—What’s ______ name?
—______
name is Tony.
A
. I; I B. your; Your C. your;
My
C
C
Finish the e
xercises in
the workbook.
2. Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
Section B 1
a
-1f
Language
Goals
To learn new words:
zero, one, two, three, four, five
, six
, seven, eight,
nine,phone,telephone,number...
To
learn
how to a
sk
for and
give
phone numbers.
Emotional
Goals
To
learn the usages of numbers in our daily life.
To keep contact with your friends.
0 zero
English numbers
Warming-up
1 One
2 Two
3 Three
4 Four
5 Five
6 Six
7 Seven
8 Eight
9 Nine
Listen and repeat.
0
zero
2
two
4
four
6
six
8
eight
1
one
3
three
5
five
7
seven
9
nine
1a
Match the numbers with the pictures.
one
three
four
eight
nine
119
120
122
110
Do you know the
ir telephone
numbers?
fire
car accident
medical accident
police
Room number
Bike
number
Try to read the numbers:
Room
1
Bike No
. 651503
1. 0+4=
2. 5+1=
3. 3+6=
4
6
9
work out the math problom
s
.
What’s 0 and 4?
Can you read it?
12598
4109358
3157807
6892410
2655416
9461488
0548913
2589715
Listen to the conversation and write the telephone number.
Telephone number:
____ ____ ____ —— ____ ____ ____ ____
1b
2
7
8
6
9
2
6
Listen again and repeat the number according to the tape.
278-6926
What’s your phone number, Jenny?
It's 781-9176.
It’s your turn.
轮到你来说了!
Ask for and give your phone numbers.
1c
Role-play
It’s 36987548.
What’s your
telephone number?
It’s 503698802XXX
What’s your
ID number?
Listen and match the names with the telephone numbers.
Tom __ a. 929-31 __ __
Linda __ b. 398-61__ __
Bob __ c. 278-79 __ __
Mary __ d. 555-80 __ __
c
d
b
a
1d
Listen again and complete the numbers.
Tom 278-79____
Linda 555-80____
Bob 398-61____
Mary 929-31 ____
1e
28
24
49
60
Write your phone number on a piece of paper and put it in a bag. Then take out a piece of paper and find the owner.
1f
Do a survey
Join in a group, and then ask for the other group members' telephone number. Write down the telephone numbers, and do a report later.
(
Write down at least 3 numbers
)
zero, one, two … nine 零,一,二
……
九。
基数词0~9分别为:
zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine
。以上这些都是基数词。
数词分为两大类:
基数词和序数词
。表示“多少”的词为基数词;表示“第几”的词为序数词。基数词有zero, one, two等。序数词我们刚学了一个first(第一)。基数词可用来表示数字、年龄、编号等。
Language points
例:—
What
’
s two and five
?
二加五等于几?
—Seven. 七 (表示数字)
—How old is it? 它几岁了?
—It
’
s four. 它四岁了。(表示年龄)
Lesson One 第一课 Unit One 第一单元(表示编号)
What’s your telephone number, Li Xin?
李新
,
你的电话号码是多少
?
这是一个由疑问词
what
引导的特殊疑问句。
telephone number
意为
“
电话号码
”
,
也可以说成
phone number
。句型
“
What’s ... number
?”
常用来询问电话号码、车牌号码、身份证号码等,答语常用
It’s...
。
如
:
—
What’s your car number?
你的车牌号是多少
?
—
It’s SV380.
是
SV380
。
拓展
电话号码的读法是将每个数字单独念出来。如果有两个相同的数字连在一起
,
可以读作
“double+
数字
”,
其中的
0(
零
)
读作字母
o
或是
zero
。
1.His telephone number is 515-6879.
(对画线部分提问)
his telephone number?
【
运用
】
What is
2. —What’s her phone number?
— _______.
A. It’s 732-4351. B. It’s Jim@163. com.
C. Yes, I am. D. I’m 254730.
A
Exercises
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
I.
用英语写出下列物品的数量。
1.
你的电话号码是多少? 是
354-8760
。
—______
___
your
number? —____ 354-8760.2. Her telephone number is
357-4219
. (
划线提问
) ______
___
_____ telephone number?
What’s
t
elephone
It’s
II.
根据提示完成句子。
What’s her
3. _______ (七个) oranges are in the box. 4.
—What
’
s five and four? —It
’
s
________
.
Seven
nine
III.
从B栏中找出与A栏中相搭配的句子。
A
(
) 1. Hello, I’m Sally.
(
) 2. What’s his name?
(
) 3. What’s her phone number?
(
) 4. How are you?
(
) 5. My name is David.
B
A. His name is Tony.
B. Hi, Sally. I’m Tom.
C. Fine, thanks.
D. I’m Lily. Nice to meet you.
E. Her phone number is 348-
3451.
B
A
E
C
D
1. How to count the numbers from 1 to 9 in English?
2. How to ask for and give telephone numbers?
—What's ... telephone number?
—It's... .
3. The usages of numbers in our daily life.
Summary
1.Please make a report like this:
I am..., and my telephone number is...
His name is..., and his telephone number is...
She is..., and her telephone number is...
2.Preview for the next class.
Homework
Section B 2
a
-2c
To learn new words:
friend, China, last,
first...
To
Learn key sentences :
—
What’s your first name?
—
What’s your last name?
Language
Goals
Learn to ask for other's name, and to figure out full name, first
name/given
name and last name/family name.
Emotional Goal
Let’s read the numbers.
7
189
68945
123654890
56123089
128543691120
3452109876443
4589105532
Warming-up
Can you r
ead these phone numbers
?
536-7480
780
-
1243
766
-
4933
153
-
9087
-
6524
Yang
Liwei
last name/
family name
姓
full name
全名
first name/
given name
名
Do you know h
im
?
Bill Gates
first name
=
given
name
(
名
)
last name
=family name
(
姓
)
Do you know h
im
?
My name is
Allan
Green
.
first name
family name
His
Chinese
name is Zhang Mingming.
first name
last name=
given name=
Read the list of names.Write F for the first name and L for the last name.
1.Alan
6.Jack
2.Green
7.Smith
3.Miller
8.Brown
4.Mingming
9.Zhang
5.Gina
10.Mary
2a
F
L
L
F
F
F
L
L
L
F
Helen: _____/_____ name
Smith:____ /______ name
Fill in blanks.
Han: _____/_______ name
Tiantian: _____/______ name
first
given
last
family
first
given
last
family
—
What
’
s his
/her
full
nam
e/ first name/
last name
?
—His/Her full name/ first name/
last name is... .
Pair work
Make conversations to ask for their full name, first name and last name.
You can ask and answer like this:
What's his first name and last name?
Kobe Bryant
Zhong Nanshan
Read the messages and match them with the pictures. Circle the first names and
underline
the last names.
2b
A
B
C
My name is Jenny Green. My phone number is 281-9176. My friend is Gina Smith. Her phone number is 232-4672.
I’m Dale Miller and my friend is Eric Brown. His telephone number is 357-5689. My telephone number is 358-6344.
My name is Mary Brown. My friend is in China. Her name is Zhang Mingming. My phone number is 257-8900 and her number is 929-3155.
B
C
A
Alice Green
Tel:7869-3451
Helen Smith
Tel:8765-3320
Dale Brown
Tel:5978-6320
Bob Hand
Tel:7488-4093
Zhang Ling
Tel:6477-0438
Eric Miller
Tel:6547-2393
She is … Her first/last name is…
Her telephone number …
Introduce the students to your partner according to the given information.
Match the names with the telephone numbers. Then find three pairs of friends in the name list.
Names
Eric Brown
Gina Smith
Dale Miller
Zhang Mingming
Jenny Green
Mary Brown
Telephone numbers
358-6344
929-3155
281-9176
257-8900
357-5689
232-4672
2C
Friends
1.
and
2.
and
3. and
Jenny Green
Gina Smith
Eric Brown
Dale Miller
Mary Brown
Zhang Mingming
【
运用
】
1. I
’
m Dale Green. My last name is ________ . A. Dale B. Dale Green C. Green D. Green Dale2. Ma Yun is a _____. He is one of the richest in ________. A. China; Chinese B. Chinese; ChinaC. Chine; China D. Chinese; Chinese
C
B
Language points
1.What’s your first name?
你的名字是什么?
first name 意为“名字”,相当于given name。
first 此处用作形容词
,
意为“第一”。
例:What’s her first name? = What’s her given name?
她的名字是什么?
2.What’s your last name?
你的姓氏是什么?
last name
也可以用
family name
表示,意为
“
姓氏
”
。
例:
—What’s his last/family name?
他姓什么?
—His last/family name is Brown.
他姓布朗。
在西方,名字在前,姓氏在后。
1.T
he girl
’
s name is Linda Smith, so Smith is her ______
name. A. last B. family C. first D. A or B
2.
— _______ is her first name?
— Jenny.
A. How B. What color C. What
3
. 他的名字是什么?
_______ _______
first name
?
【
运用
】
D
C
What’s his
2. —Is your telephone number 398-71456? —Yes,
. A. it is
B. I am
C. it’s
D. I’m
3. —
— It’s 1883736519.
A. What color is it?
B. Is it your phone number?
C. What’s your name?
D. What’s your phone number?
A
D
I
. 句型转换
。
1. She is Mary Brown. (
变为一般疑问句
)
____ _____ Mary Brown?
2. Her telephone number is
357-4219
. (
就画线部分提问
)
______ _____ telephone number?
3. His last name is
Miller
. (
就画线部分提问
)
_______ his ____ name?
What’s last
Is she
What’s her
Exercises
4. Her first name is
Linda
. (
就画线部分
提问
)
_________ her _____ name?
5. I’m Eric Smith. (
变为一般疑问句
)
______ ____ Eric Smith?
What’s first
Are you
II.
根据汉语提示完成下列句子。
1.
我的名字叫戴尔格林。
My _____ ____ Dale Green.
2.
他姓米勒。
_____
_
_____
_
______ is Miller.
name is
His first name
3.
你的电话号码是多少? 是
354-8760
。
—__
__
____ your ___________ number?
—_______ 354-8760.
4.
她姓什么?
________ ____ last name?
5.
我的朋友是在中国。
My ______ ___ in China.
What’s telephone
It’s
What’s her
friend is
填写句子,补全对话。
A: (1) __________________, Ms. Green. B: Nice to meet you, too, Alan.
(2) _______________________, Alan? A: My last name is Miller.B: (3)_______________________________
A: My telephone number is 230-1568.B: (4) _________________________ A: Yes, I’m OK. Thanks. B: (5)__________________________ A: Yes, Eric is my friend.
Nice to meet you
What’s your last name
What’s your telephone number?
Are you OK?
Is Eric your friend?
Ⅲ.
补全对话。
Let's discuss
1.How to read telephone numbers? How to ask for numbers?
2.How to ask for and give full name, first name and last name?
Summary
Homework
1.Remember the new words and expressions.
2.Ask Students to collect some numbers (car number, room number etc.). Ask them to read out. Then write them down on the workbook.
3.Revise how to tell people’s last names , first names and telephone numbers.
Section B 3
a
-Self Check
To
learn
to make an ID card.
To
grasp
the key points of this unit and
finish exercises.
Language
Goals
To learn
to give some of your personal information, for example, telephone number, first name, last name and so on, so that others can know you better.
Emotional Goal
1.Do you have a school ID card?
2.What information does it have on the card
?
Free talk
Look at the ID card and answer the questions.
What’s
his telephone number?
What’s
his
family name?
What’s
his
given name?
57648901.
Suarez.
James.
Use
the information on the ID card to
complete the
sentences
.
PEP
Middle School
First
Name: ___________
Last
Name:
___________
Phone
Number:
____________
Her family name is
____________________.
Her given name is
____________________.
Her phone number is
_____________________.
Alice
Green
951-3397
Alice
Green
951-3397
3
a
What’s her telephone number?
What’s her first name?
What’s her last name?
Jenny
Green
281-9176
Jenny Green
281-9176
Given
Name : ____________
Family Name : ____________
Phone Number:
____________
Jenny
Green
281-9176
Fill in blanks and then make conversations with
your
deskmate.
Fill
in your own ID card and write about yourself.
First Name: __________
Last Name: __________
Phone Number:__________
My first name is
_________________________
____
___________________________________________
Jack.
My last name is Huang.
My
phone number is 345-789. Wu Dong is my friend.
Jack
Huang
345-789
3b
First name
Tongtong
Last name
Ma
Telephone number
0422-0828
School ID card number
20180288
School
Guangming Middle School
写作指导
【思路点拨】
(1)
体裁
:
说明文。
(2)
人称
:
第一人称。
(3)
时态
:
一般现在时
(
注意用动词
be
的正确形式
)
。
写作模板
【参考范文】
Myself
Hello! My name is Ma
Tongtong
.
Tongtong
is my first
name, and
Ma is my last name. My telephone number is
0422-0828
. My school ID card number is
20180288
. I am in Guangming Middle School.
First Name:
Jenny
Last Name:
Chen
Phone
Number:
6322-7654
Her
first name is Jenny.
Her
last name is Chen.
Her
phone number is 6322-7654.
She is in Class 1 Grade 7.
你
会介绍你的同学吗?
My
name’s
Mary Miller
.
My _______
number is
763-
My
friend
is Gina Brown. _____
_____ name is
Gina
. Her _____name
____ Brown
. Her ______ ______ is 234-1679.
Her first
phone
last
p
hone number
Gina Brown
234-1679
Mary Miller
763-8623
is
ID Card
First Name
: Jenny
Last Name
: Cooper
Telephone Number
:
8748375
根据你的学生卡自我介绍,并用根据下面的ID卡信息,介绍一下这位同学吧。
middle
adj.
中间的
n
.
中间
middle
作
形容词
,
意为
“中间的
;
中等的”
,
常置于名词前作定语
,
如
middle
school
“
中学
“
。
(2)
middle
可作名词, 意为“中间”,
常
构成短语:
in
the middle (of sth. )
“在
……
的中央”。
►
It
is in the middle of the street.
它在路中央。
Language points
1
.
中间的数字是零。
The
is zero.
2.
她在教室的中央。
She is
of the classroom.
middle
number
in
the middle
【
运用
】
Write out the numbers.
120
_________________________
114_________________________
119_________________________
10086_______________________
12315_______________________
17951_______________________
one two zero
double one four
double one nine
one double zero eight six
one two three one five
one seven nine five one
Self Check
状元成才路
2. Match the sentences to make conversations.
Hello, I’m Cindy.
What’s your name?
Hello. I’m Grace.
My name’s Eric.
What’s his telephone
number?
I’m Chen Kang.
It’s 876-9548.
Nice to meet you, Cindy.
Nice to meet you, Eric. I’m Bill.
Hi, Grace. I’m Alice.
I.
你能区别哪些是姓哪些是名吗?
Hunts Kelsey Bruce Adam
Beckham
Spears Jones Hand Nick Alan
Tony
Moore Barnes Mary Kim
Potter Miller
Gina Jenny
Exercises
Last names:
Hunts Beckham Adam Spears
Jones
Hand
Moore Barnes Potter Miller Adam
First names:
Kelsey Bruce Nick
Alan Tony Mary
Kim Gina Jenny
II.
单项
选择。
1
. —
What’s your
_______?
—It’s 123-9876.
A. color
B
. phone
number C
. ID
card
2
. My
name is Tony Brown
. Tony
is my
______
name.
A. last
B
. family
C
. first
3
. —
What’s his phone number?
—
_____
281-7585
.
A. It
B
. Its C. It’s
B
C
C
4
. 301
is
__________
in English.
A
. one
three zero
B. three
one zero
C. three
zero one
5
. —
What’s your name? —My name is
__________
.
A
. Yu
xiaoqian B
. Yu
Xiao Qian
C. Yu
Xiaoqian
C
C
III.
按
要求完成下列句子。
1. His first name is
Alan
. (
对
画
线部分提问
)
_________________________
2. My name is Tony. (改为同义句)
______ _______ Tony.
3. Her phone number is
929-31
. (
对
画
线部分提问
)
_________________________________
What’s his first name?
I
am
What’s her phone number?
4. My family name is Miller. (改为同义句)
My _______ ______ is Miller.
5. is,
his
,
number
,
535-2375
,
telephone
(.) (连词成句)
__________________________________
last
name
His telephone number is 535-2375.
Ⅳ
.
翻译句子。
1.
你姓什么?
2.
米勒夫人的名字是什么
?
3.
中间的数字是几?
4.
她的电话号码是多少?
What's your last name/ family name?
What's Mrs. Miller's first name/ given name?
What is the middle number?
What's her telephone number?
Ask
your classmates about
their information.
2. Fill
in the table and then make a report
.
3. Write an article to introduce yourself.
Homework
unit 2
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
This is my sister.
Section A 1a-2d
To learn the names of family members.
To listen and understand the
conversations about family members.
Language Goals
To know your family members better, and be able to introduce them to your friends.
Emotional Goal
Warming-up
My family
I
father
mother
parents
sister
brother
grandfather
grandmother
grandparents
Match the words with the people in the picture.
1. mother_____
2. father _____
3. parents _____
4. brothers _____
5. grandmother____
6. grandfather
____
7. friend ____
8. grandparents____
9. sister ____
1
a
a
c
b
h
f
e
i
d
g
Listen and circle the words you hear in 1a.
mother __
2. father __
3. parents __
4. brothers __
5. grandmother __
6. grandfather __
7. friend __
8. grandparents __
9. sister __
1
b
Hello! My name is Paul.
Let’s see my
f
a
m
i
ly.
Paul's family
Wh
o
’s she?
She’s my
s
i
st
e
r
?
This is my
f
a
th
e
r.
This is my
m
o
th
e
r.
Th
e
s
e
are my
p
a
r
e
nt
s
.
Th
e
s
e
are my
br
o
th
e
r
s
.
That’s my
gr
a
ndm
o
th
e
r.
That’s my
gr
a
ndf
a
th
e
r.
Th
o
s
e
are my
gr
a
ndp
a
r
e
nt
s
.
Role-play the conversation in 1a.Then talk about the other people in the picture.
A: That’s my family. Those are my parents.
B: Who’s she?
A: She’s my sister. Oh, and these are my brothers.
1c
She is my sister.
Who is
she ?
Pair work
She is my mother.
Who is she?
Listen and circle the words you hear.
parents mother father sister
brother grandmother grandfather
friend grandparents
2a
Listen again. Match the names with the people
in the picture.
1.Jenny______
2.Jack ______
3.Tom _____
4. Bob______
5. Linda_____
6.Mary______
2b
d
c
a
b
e
f
Ask and answer questions about the photo in 2b.
Who’s she?
She’s Cindy.
Who’s he?
He’s her father.
2c
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
状元成才路
Who is he?
He is Jack.
Who is she?
She is his sister.
Role-play
Role-play
Who is he?
He is father.
Who is she?
She is his sister.
Role-play the conversation.
2d
Sally: Good morning, Jane.
Jane: Good morning, Sally.
Sally : Oh, Jane, this is my sister Kate.
Kate, this is my friend Jane.
Kate: Nice to meet you, Jane.
Jane: Nice to meet you, too. Are those your parents?
Kate: Yes, they are.
Jane: And who's he?
Sally: He's my brother, Paul.
Jane: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day.
Sally/Kate: Thanks. You too.
Listen and complete the conversation.
S: Good morning, Jane.
J: Good morning, Sally.
S: Oh, Jane, this is my ________ Kate.
Kate, _____ is my friend Jane.
K: Nice to meet you, Jane.
J: Nice to meet you, too. Are those your _________?
K: Yes, they are.
J: And _______ he?
S: He's my ________, Paul.
J: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day.
S&K: Thanks. You too.
sister
parents
brother
this
who's
Other family members:
uncle [ˈʌŋkl]
伯伯
/
叔叔
/
舅父
/
姑父
/
姨父
aunt
[ɑːnt] 婶婶
/
舅母
/
姑姑
/
姨母
Other family members:
cousin
[ˈkʌzn] 堂(表)兄
/
弟,堂(表)姐
/
妹
Language points
This is my sister.
这是我的姐姐(妹妹)
。
(1)
This is.…
用来介绍他人的常用句型,意为
“
这是
……
”
。介绍离说话人比较远的第三者时,可以用
“
That is…
”,
意为“
那是
……
”
。当被介绍的人不止一个时,用
“
These are…
”
或
“
Those
are…
”
来表达。
these
意为这些,是
this
的复数形式;
those
意为那些,是
that
的复数形式。
►
This is my friend Tom.
这是我的朋友汤姆。
►
That’s Jim.
那是吉姆。
►
These are my parents.
这是我的父母。
►
Those are my grandparents.
那是我的(外)祖父母。
(2)
在打电话用语中,
This is...
表示“
我是
……
”
,用于介绍自己。
►
Hello, this is Lingling speaking.
你好,我是玲玲。
(3)
“
That is
”
可以缩写成“
That’s
”,但是
This is, these are
和
Those are
均不能缩写。
1.—Mary, ____is my friend, Lucy.
—Nice to meet you, Lucy.
A. that B. this C. these D. those
【
运用
】
B
完成句子。
1.
妈妈,这是我的朋友,汤姆。
Mum,
my friend, Tom.
2.
那些是我的祖父母。
my grandparents.
this is
Those are
Who’s
he?
他是谁
?
(1)
who
意为“谁
”
, 是疑问代词,用于句首引导特殊疑问句,常用来询问人物关系或身份等,其宾格形式是
whom
。
—Who
’
s the man?
那个人是谁?
—He’s my uncle.
他是我的叔叔。
(
2
)
who
作表语时,常用于“
Who+be+
主语”结构中,系动词be随主语的人称和数的变化而变化: 主语是第三人称单数时用
is
,主语是复数时用
are
。
—Who is this man?
这个人是谁?
—He’s Tom’s father.
他是汤姆的父亲。
—Who are these girls?
这些女孩是谁?
—They are Joan and Kate.
她们是琼和凯特。
【
运用
】
—
____ is she?
—
She is my mother.
A
.
What
B
.
Who
C
.
How D
.
It
B
I.
用括号中所给单词的适当形式填空。
1. Lucy, Mary and Linda are my good ______ (friend).
2. Look at the photo. Those are my ____________
(grandparent).
3. Is ____ (these) your sister?
4. They ___ (be) my father and mother.
5. Mr. Black has (
有
) three ________ (brother).
friends
grandparents
this
are
brothers
Exercises
II.
按要求完成句子,每空一词。
1. That is her aunt.(
改为复数句
)
_______ ______ her aunts.
2. Are these your brothers? (
改为单数句
)
_______ _______ your brother?
Those are
Is this
3. Nancy is my cousin. (
对
画
线部分提问
)
______ _______ Nancy?
4. Who is he?(
改为复数句
)
_______ ______ _______?
Who is
Who are they
III.
连词成句。
1. my, is, Bill, This, friend, (.)
____________________
2. are, grandparents, Those, his, (.)
_________________________
3. is, she, Who, (?)
__________________
This is my friend Bill.
Those are his grandparents.
Who is she?
This is my family photo. Look! ______ are they? They are my _______________. Who is he? He is my ___________. That is my _________. And this is my __________. I have a happy family. We love each other.
Who
grandparents
father
mother
sister
Ⅳ.
根据图片及句意完成短文。
—Mum, I m going on a picnic with
my friends today.
—Have ______ good day.
A. a B. an C. /
中考链接
Have a good day
,意为过得愉快。
Summary
Think:
1.Do you know these words?
family, grandfather, grandmother, grandparents, father, mother, parents, sister, brother, who, this, these, that, those.
2.How many people are there in your family?
Who are they?
3.How to introduce your family members?
Remember the new words.
Draw a picture of your family. In the next class, take the picture and introduce it with the words and sentence patterns learned in this class.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To
learn how
to use demonstrative pronouns and personal pronouns.
To learn
to introduce your family members.
Language Goals
L
earn to use demonstrative pronouns and personal pronouns to introduce your family members.
Emotional Goal
my family photo
Warming-up
Who
is
he?
He
is ...
Who are they?
They are...
Th
i
s is
my mother.
Th
i
s is
my father.
Th
e
s
e
are
my parents.
This is
my friend Jane.
That
’ s
my grandfather.
These are
my brothers.
Those are
my parents.
Who’s
she?
She
’ s
my sister.
Who’s
he?
He
’ s
my brother.
Who’re
they?
They’re my
grandparents
.
Grammar Focus
Th
i
s is an apple.
Th
a
t is an apple, too.
Th
e
s
e
are bananas.
Th
o
s
e
are cherries.
that’ s
=
that is
who’ re
=
who are
who’ s
=
who is
they’ re
=
they are
Grammar focus
1. _________ my father, and ___________ my mother.
这是我的爸爸,那是我的妈妈。
2. ___________ my parents, and ___________ my friends.
这些是我的父母,那些是我的朋友。
3. _________ he? He's my brother.
他是谁? 他是我的哥哥。
4. _________ she? She's my sister.
她是谁? 她是我的姐姐。
5. _________ they? They are my cousins.
他们
/
她们是谁? 他们是我的表兄弟
/
她们是我的表姐妹。
This is
those are
These are
that is
Who's
Who's
Who're
Complete
the conversation and practice it with your partner.
A: That __ my family. That’s my mother.
B: ______ he?
A: ____ my father.
B: Who’s ___?
A: She’s ____ sister.
B: And who ____ they?
A: ________ my grandparents.
Who’s
my
He’s
is
are
she
They are
3a
Look at the picture. Make sentences with the words in the three boxes.
this
that
these
those
my
your
father mother
grandfather grandmother
parents grandparents
brother sister
3b
I
Those are my parents.
This is my sister.
That is my brother.
That is my father.
I
Ask and answer questions about the photos.
Who’s he?
He’s my grandfather.
Who’s …?
…
3
c
Make conversations in pairs according to the example.
Language points
指示代词
(demonstrative pronoun)是表示指示概念的代词,即用来指示或标识人或事物的代词。指示代词与定冠词和人称代词一样,都具有指定的含义,用来起指示作用,或用来代替前面已提到过的名词。
this
指代距离说话人较近的人或物,
复数形式为these
。
that
指代距离说话人较远的人或物,
复数形式为those
。
it
指性别不明的婴儿、身份不明的人或是只闻其声未见其人,或代替前文中所提到的事物。
例
:
This
is
an apple tree.
这是一棵苹果树。
That is
an orange tree.
那是一棵桔子树
。
—
It
’ s
a nice picture. Who’s in it?
非常
漂亮的照片,上面的人是谁?
—It
’ s
me.
是我。
The pen doesn’t work.
It
’ s
Lily
’ s
.
这
支钢笔坏了。它是莉莉的。
用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
【
运用
】
1. ________(
this) boys are from China.
2. — Are
________(that) your parents?
— Yes
, ________(he) are.
3. — What’ s
over
there (
在那边
) ?
— It’ s
a bus.
These
those
they
that
I.
句型转换。
1. That is my brother. (
变为复数句
)
_____ ___ my brothers.
2. It is a nice picture. (
变为复数句
)
____ ___ nice pictures.
3. Are these your sisters? (
变为单数句
)
__ ____ your sister?
Those are
They are
Is this
Exercises
4. Are those your friends?
(做肯定及否定回答)
Yes, ____ ____. No, ____ ______.
5. He’s
my father
.
(
对
画
线
部分提问)
______ he?
6. They’re
my grandparents
.
(
对画线
部分提问)
_______ they?
they are
they aren’t
Who’s
Who’re
A: This ______ my family.
B: Who’s he?
A: ____ my father.
B: ______ she?
A: _____ my mother.
are
, they, are, is, thanks, who’s, is, he’s, she’s
II.
从方括中选择恰当的单词补全对话。
is
He’s
Who’s
She’s
B: _______ those your grandparents?
A: Yes, ____ ___.
B: __ that your brother?
A: Yes. He’s my brother, Dale.
B: Oh, I see. Well, have a good day!
A: ________! You, too.
Are
they are
Is
Thanks
Ⅲ
.
翻译下列句子。
1.
这是我的祖父母。
2.
那是你的妈妈吗? 是的,她是。
3.
那些是你的书吗?
是
的,这些是我的书。
These are my grandparents.
Is that your mother?
Yes, she is.
Are those your books?
Yes, they are my books.
Summary
1.What's the meaning of these words?
this, that, those, they, parents, grandparents, it
2.Use
this, that, these, those
to introduce your family.
This is…
That’s…
These are…
Those are…
用
下列句型介绍一下你的一张家庭照片。
Homework
Section B 1a-1d
To learn to talk about family members
.
To listen and understand the conversation about family members.
To learn to introduce
family members
.
Language Goals
To know your family members better, and to love your family.
Emotional Goal
These/Those are…
This/that is …
Who is/are …
He/She is …
They are …
Free talk
:
talk about the picture with your partner.
dad
uncle
daughter
daughter
brother
mom
aunt
sister
son
cousin
grandma
grandpa
Add the words in the box to the family tree.
sister son cousin grandpa mom aunt
1a
Match the words with the pictures.
mom
brother
dad
cousin
grandparents
grandmother
grandfather
aunt
uncle
mother
father
cousin
cousin
I
brother
I am Gina.
(daughter)
(son)
Gina’s family
Complete the family tree.
Listen and check (
√
) the words you hear.
grandpa____ grandma ___
cousin ___ dad ____
mom ___ uncle ____
aunt ___ brother ____
sister ___ friends
_______
√
√
√
√
√
√
1b
Match the answers with the questions.
1.They are my grandpa and grandma.
2.He's my uncle.
3.Yes, she is.
4.No, they aren't.
5.She's my friend.
A. Who's she?
B. Are those your grandparents?
C. Who are they?
D. Who's he?
E. Is this your cousin?
Listen again. Which picture are Jiang Tao and
Tom talking about?
1c
√
Listen and fill in blanks. Then role play with
your partner.
A: This is a _____ of my family. This is my______.
B: __________ he?
A: __________ my uncle.
B: And is _________ your cousin?
A: Yes, she's my cousin Jiang Shan. And _____ _____
her friends.
B: _________ they?
A: They're my ___________ and ___________.
photo
aunt
Who's
He's
she
these
are
Who're
grandpa
grandma
Draw a picture of your family and friends. Tell your partner about your picture.
1d
Fill in the blanks, and role play with your partner.
1. Look! This a p___________ of my brothers
.
2. This is my a_______, Mary.
She
’
s my father
’
s s________.
icture/hoto
ister
unt
3. —Is Bob your u____?
—Yes. He
’
s my mom's b
_____
__.
4. Jenny is my sister. Sh
e’
s my
dad
’
s d
_________.
5. Is that boy your brother?
No. He
’
s my c
______
_.
aughter
ousin
rother
ncle
Language points
grandparent/ ˈgrænpeərənt/ n.
祖父(母);外祖父(母)。
grandparent
相当于
grandfather or grandmother,为单数形式,指一个人;grandparents相当于grandfather and grandmother,
意为“祖父母;外祖父母”,为复数形式,指两个人。
例:They are my grandparents.
他们是我的祖父母
。
【
拓展
】
这是一个合成词,由
“
grand+parent
”构
成。
类似此结构的合成词还有:
grandfather
(外)祖父,grandmother (
外
)
祖母
grandson
(外)孙子,
granddaughter
(外)孙女。
可数名词的复数形式:
a. 可以直接以数字计算的名词称为可数名词,可数名词有单数和复数两种形式。
b. 对可数名词来说,当表示一个人或事物时用单数形式;表示两个或两个以上的人或事物时则用复数形式。
c. 单数可数名词变为复数名词有以下规则:
(1)一般情况下在名词后面加
-s
。
pencil→
pencil
s
, sister→
sisters,
(2)以辅音字母加y结尾的名词,先将
y
改为
i
,再加
-
es
。
family
→ families
(3)以
s, x, ch, sh
结尾的名词后加
-es.
watch→watch
es
, box→box
es
(盒子)
(4)
以
f
或
fe
结尾的名词,先将f或fe改为
v
,再加
-es
knife
→knives(
小刀
)
(5)以o结尾的名词,有的加
-
es
,
有的直接加
-
s
。
tomato
→tomatoes
(西红柿) ,
hero
heros(
英雄
)
photo
→photos
(照片)
(6)特殊情况,无规则可循。
man
→men
(男人),
person
people
(
人
)
【
运用
】
单复数专项练习
1. parent ________ 2. sister ________
3. photo ________ 4. family ________
5. watch ________ 6.zoo_______
7. cousin _______ 8. dog _________
9. wife _______ 10.radio _______
parents
sisters
photos
families
watches
zoos
cousins
dogs
wives
radios
I.
根据句意及首字母提示补全单词。
1.Look! My s________ is a lovely girl.
2. My b________ likes football very much.
3. Bob is her son and she is Bob’s m________.
4. My father’s parents are my g____________.
5. There are four people in my f________.
ister
rother
other
randparents
amily
Exercises
II.
单项填空。
1.—
Who’s she?—________.
A.She is my sister B.He is my brother
C.I am Gina D.She is in China
2.Your father’s father is your ________.
A.grandfather B.grandmother
C.parent D.sister
A
A
3.Mike, ________ is my sister Mary.
Mary, ________ is my friend Mike.
A. she; he B. he; she
C. this; that D. this; this
4.Tommy and I________ good friends.
A. am B. is
C. are D. /
D
C
Ⅲ.
单句改错。
1. This are a photo of my family.
2.Is these your family?
3.Who is they?
4.Do you know he?
5.He is my sister.
____
is
______
this
Who is he/she?
or
Who're they?
___
him
He is my brother.
or
She is my sister.
Summary
1.Who are in your family?
2.
把下面单数名词变为复数:
brother, grandparent, tomato, photo, lady,
knife, orange, woman
3. Draw a picture of your family tree.
1. Draw a photo of your family and
introduce your family members.
2. Remember the new words in this class.
Homework
Section B 2a-2c
To learn the expression of family members.
To learn inverted sentences.
To learn the usages of singular verbs and plural verbs.
Language Goals
To talk about your family members and to be familiar with your friends' family.
Emotional Goal
grandmother
grangfather
sister
father
mother
Warming up
Who are they?
Find the male and female first names in this unit and write them.
Jiang Tao
Tom
Bob
Jack
Alan
Eric
John
Paul
Bill
Dale
Cindy
Mary
Linda
Jenny
Jane
Kate
Helen
Sally
Li Lan
Jiang Shan
2a
Find the first names and last names.
Mary, Miley, Jiang, Yifan, Smith, Wu, Kate,
Brown, Coco
,
Jane
,
Jack, Chan
First name:
Mary, Miley,Yifan,
Kate,
Coco, Jane,
Jack,
Chan
Last name:
Jiang,
Smith,
Wu,
Brown,
Chan
Pair work:
Look at the picture, and make conversations with your parner.
Here/there is/are...
Who is/ are...
She/he is...
They are...
Read about Jenny’s family and circle the names.
My Family
Hi, I’m Jenny. Here are two nice photos of my family. My grandfather and grandmother are in the first photo. These are my parents, Alan and Mary. In the next picture are my brothers, Bob and Eric. These two girls are my sister Cindy and my cousin Helen. Coco is in my family, too.
2b
Check the sentences true (T) or false(F)?
If false, how to correct?
1. Jenny's grandparents are both in the picture.
2. Jenny is Mary's mother.
3. Helen is Cindy's sister.
4. Bob is Helen's father.
T
F
Mary is Jenny's mother.
F
Helen is Cindy's cousin.
F
Bob is Jenny and Cindy's father.He's Helen's uncle.
Read and fill in the blanks.
1. My grandparents are in the _____ photo.
2. My brothers are _____ and _____.
3. Coco is ________.
first
Bob
Eric
a dog
2c
Read the passage again and complete the sentences.
1. My name is__________ .
2. Alan and Mary are my__________ .
3. Bob and Eric are my ___________.
4. Cindy is my ________.
5. Helen is my _________.
6. ________ is the name of my dog.
Jenny
parents
brothers
sister
cousin
Coco
Read the passage and retell it.
My Family
Hi, I’m Jenny. Here are two nice photos of my family. My grandfather and grandmother are in the first photo. These are my parents, Alan and Mary. In the next picture are my brothers, Bob and Eric. These two girls are my sister Cindy and my cousin Helen. Coco is in my family, too.
1.
Here are
two nice photos of my family.
这里有两张我家人的漂亮照片。
此句为倒装句,正常的语序应该是“
Two nice photos of my family are here
”
当句子以
here, there
等副词开头时,要用
倒装句
,即“
Here / There+谓语动词+主语(名词)
”。
Language points
其中谓语动词的形式要看后面主语而定,后面主语是复数,谓语动词要用复数,后面主语是单数,谓语动词也要用单数。
例:Here is the news. 这里有一条消息。
【
拓展
】
倒装句的结构
主语
句式结构
例 句
名词
Here/There +be/
其他动词
+
名词或名词短语
Here is a book.
这儿有一本书。
代词
Here/There+
人称代词
+be/
其他动词
Here you are.
给你。
【
运用
】
1.
看
!
这是你的钢笔。
Look!
your pen.
2.
它们在这儿。
Here
.
3.
这里有三床被子。
three quilts
.
Here
is
they are
Here are
photo / 'fəʊtəʊ / n.
照片
photo
的复数形式是
photos
。
photo
是
photograph
的缩写形式,主要指用照相机拍出来的“照片”,
take a photo
照相,拍照。例:
This photo is very old.
这张照片很旧了。
This is a photo of my family.
这是我家的一张家庭照。
photo
的复数形式是
photos.
next / nekst/ adj. & n.
下一个(的);接下来(的)
例:
I hope we can do better next time.
我希望下次我们能够做得更好。
拓展:
next
作副词,表示“
然后,接下去
”。
例:
What can we do next
?
然后我们做什么?
【
运用
】
1.In the next picture ________ my brothers and sisters. A. are B. is C. am D. Be
2.Is that a photo
his family?
A. to B. of C. for D. with
A
B
选择题
I. 根据句意及汉语提示完成单词
。
1. This is a
(照片) of my family.
2. The
(女孩) is my good friend.
3.
(这儿) is a pen for you.
4. I have a little
(狗).
5. What’s in the
(下一张) picture?
photo/picture
girl
Here
dog
next
Exercises
II.
单项选择
。
1.Look! Here
your pencils and eraser.
A. is B.am C. are D. be
2.Those are her
.
A. a photo B. photoes C. the photos D. photos
3.This is my sister and
my parents.
A. these’s B. this is C. that is D. those are
C
D
D
III.
完成句子。
1.
这儿有一张我家的全家福。
a photo of my family.
2.
她的猫叫什么名字
?
What’s
her cat?
3.
最后一张照片里有我爷爷和奶奶。
My grandpa and grandma are
.
Here is
the name of
in the last photo/picture
4.
他不是我叔叔。
He
my
.
5.
第一张照片里的男孩是谁
?
Who’s the boy
?
isn’t
uncle
in the first photo/picture
Ⅳ.
翻译句子。
1.
我的父母在第一张照片里。
2.
我有一个妹妹
Mei
和一个表妹
Jane.
3.
桌子上有三张照片和一本书。
4.
我可以用用你的铅笔吗? 给你。
My parents are in the first photo.
I have a sister Mei and a cousin Jane.
There are three photos and a book on the desk.
Can I use your pencil? Here you are.
1.What's first name? What's last name? Give examples.
2.Learn there-be/here-be sentence patterns and make sentences.
3.The inverted sentence patterns.
Summary
Review what you have learned.
2. Preview the new words and expressions.
Homework
Section B 3a-Self Check
To learn the writing methods and skills of English expository.
To learn complete the writing task of "My family ".
Language Goals
To understand your family members and to love them.
Emotional Goal
If you were Liuxing, how do you introduce your family
?
(
如果你是刘星,你怎么介绍你的家人?)
Warming up
I have a happy family, this is my family photo.
father
mother
parents.
sister
brother
This
is my….
These are my
dad
mom
That is my
grandmother
grandfather
These are my grandparents.
grand
[grænd] adj.
伟大的
Small talk
Can you please introduce
Liu Xing's family to your classmates?
Complete
the passage with the words in the box. Then draw a picture of Paul’s family.
brothers parents Cindy family
Hi. My name is Paul. This is a photo of my_______.
These are my________ and these are my________ ,
John and Bob. This is my sister_______.
family
parents
brothers
Cindy
3a
Read the passage and answer the questions.
1.How many people are there in Paul's family?
2.Who is Paul's sister?
3.How many brothers does Paul have? Who're they?
Six.
Cindy.
Two. John and Bob.
Bring a family photo to class and write about it. Then tell a classmate about your family.
Hi, I am _________. Here is a photo of my family.
These are
__________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
3b
人称
:__________
___
时态
:___________
___
__
体裁:
________,
按
___
___
__
的顺序叙述
。
写作指导
一般现在时
第一人称
说明文
逻辑
(1)
作文
的前两句话已给出,第一空格处应填好自己的名字。
(2)
然后
,将照片上的家人的姓名或与自己的关系向大家作介绍。同学们可以按辈份或年龄的大小有顺序地依次进行介绍。
(3)
注意
运用正确的句型,在介绍父母或祖父母等多个人时,可用
These/Those are…
句型;在介绍单个的人时,应用
This/That is…
句型。
Outline
提纲
I hope you like my family.
Hi, I am... .
Your family members’
information
.
Beginning:
Main body:
Ending:
Group work:
If you're Jack, how do you introduce your family? Write a passage.
Jack
brother
Bob
cousin
Dale
grandparents
parents
uncle and aunt
Hi. I’m _____. Here is a photo of my family. These are __________________________________________________________________
__________________
__________________
An example:
Jack
grandparents
Those are my parents.
Those are my aunt and
uncle. This is my brother
Bob. That is my cousin
Dale.
Male
Both
Female
father/dad
grandfather/
grandpa
son
brother
uncle
grandparents
parents
cousin
mother/mom
grandmother/grandma
daughter
sister
aunt
1. Group the words for family members you have learned.
Self Check
Bill: Here’s a photo of my family.
Dale: ________ he?
Bill: ____ my uncle.
Dale: _____ this girl?
Bill: _____ my cousin.
Dale: Are
____ your
parents?
Bill: Yes, _
___
are. And these
____
my grandparents
.
Who’s
He’s
Who’s
She’s
they
they
are
2. Complete the conversation.
I.
根据
句意及汉语提示写单词。
1.
_________(这儿) is your pen. It is blue.
2
.
This
is a ____________(照片) of my family.
3
.
In
the _________(下一个) photo are my mother and brother.
4
.
My
good friend is a _______(女孩).
5
.
—What
’
s this in English? —It
’
s
a ________(狗).
Here
photo
next
girl
dog
Exercises
II.按要求完成句子。
1. That
is a photo of his family.
(改为同义句)
That
is ______________photo.
2. This
is a picture.
(改为复数句)
___________
are ___________.
3. The
girl is my
cousin
,Helen.
(
对
划
线部分提问
)
_____________
the girl
?
his family
These
pictures
Who is
4. my, girls, sisters, these, are, two
(.)(连词成句)
5. my, is, in, cousin, first, photo, the
(.)(连词成句)
These two girls are my sisters.
My cousin is in the first photo.
III.
用方框中所给词的适当形式完成句子。
1. Jenny
and Mary are my _________.
They’re
my
aunt’s
daughters
.
2. —
Are _________your parents
? — Yes, they
are.
3. —Wha
t i
s
_______name
? — Kate
.
4. —
What are those
? —They’re
________.
5. The
name of the dog _____Snoopy.
cousins
is
these
her
keys
cousins
these
her
keys
is
Ⅳ
.
短文填空。
Hi,I'm John. I have a happy family. Look, this is my
family______.
There ___ ___ people in my family. _________ are my grandparents Jack and Mary. ____ is my father Bob and that is my mother Jane. I also have a brother, ____ name is Joe. I love my family.
photo
are
six
These/Those
This
his
1.How to use the following words:
this, that, these, those,is,
are,am
2.How many parts are there in an article? How to write an article to introduce your family?
Summary
1.Write a short passage about your family or friends.
Pay attention to proper
use
:
This/That is...
These
/Those are... Sentence patterns.
Homework
unit 3
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
Is this your pencil.
Section A 1a-2d
To learn the things in the classroom.
To learn to identify ownership.
To learn possessive pronouns:
mine, yours, his, hers...
Language Goals
To learn to ask the owner of things in our daily life.
Emotional Goal
A: Hello! My name’s… / I’m…
What’s your name?
B: My name’s / I’m …
A: Nice to meet you.
B: Nice to meet you, too.
A: Is this a photo of your family?
B: Yes, it is.
A: Is this your brother?
B: Yes, he is.
Warming up
Is this a...?
Is this a notebook?
Yes, it is.
Is this a knife?
No, it isn't.
an eraser
What things are there in your schoolbag?
a pencil
a pen
a book
a ruler
a pencil box
a schoolbag
a dictionary
an eraser
What's this in English?
It's a/an...
What's this in English?
It's an eraser.
What's this in English?
It's a ruler.
1. pencil __
2. pen __
3. books __
4. eraser __
5. ruler __
6. pencil box __
7. schoolbag __
8. dictionary __
e
g
b
h
c
f
a
d
Match the words with the things in the picture.
1a
Number the things in the picture.
1.eraser
2.pen
3.ruler
4.knife
5.pencil
6.pencil box
7.schoolbag
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
What's this in English?
It's a...
Make conversations with your partner.
pencil
pen
dictionary
book
ruler
eraser
schoolbag
pencil box
Listen and number the conversations(1-3).
A: Is this your pencil?
B: Yes, it is. It’s mine.
A: Is that your schoolbag?
B: No, it isn’t. It’s his.
A: Are these your books?
B: No, they aren’t. They’re hers.
3
2
1
1b
A: Is this your pencil?
B: Yes, it is. It’s mine.
Practice the conversations above with your partner. Then make your own conversations.
1c
A: Is that your schoolbag?
B: No, it isn’t. It’s his.
A: Are these your books?
B: No, they aren’t. They’re hers.
Is this
your book?
Yes, it is.
It’s mine.
It's your turn to make your own conversations.
Listen and check the things you hear.
√
√
√
√
2a
Listen again. Complete the conversation with the words in the box.
2b
eraser pencil ruler pencil box books
Tom:
Excuse me, Grace. Is this your______?
Grace:
Yes, thank you. And those are my_______.
Tom:
And Jane, is this your______?
Jane:
No, it isn’t. It’s hers.
Tom:
OK, and these are my______. This is your _________, Jane.
erasers
pencil
ruler
pencil box
books
Practice the conversation in 2b. Then make your own conversations using the things in your classroom.
2c
Is this your pencil?
Yes, it is
.
Is this your book?
No, it isn’t. It’s hers.
Are these your erasers?
Yes, they are.
Role-play the conversation.
Look at the picture.
What can you see in the picture?
A dictionary, pencils, pens and an eraser.
2d
Teacher: Hi, Anna. Are these your pencils?
Anna: No, they’re Bob’s.
Teacher: And is this his green pen?
Anna: No, it isn’t. The blue pen is his.
Teacher: What about this dictionary?
Anna: It’s Helen’s. And the green pen is hers, too.
Teacher: And the eraser? Is that yours?
Anna: Yes, it is .
Teacher: Thank you for your help, Anna.
Anna: You’re welcome.
1.
What about
this dictionary?
It’s
Helen’s
.
What about …?
意为“
……
怎么样?”
,
相当于
“
How
about…?
”
, about
是介词,后面可
接名词、代词或
动词
-
ing
形式。用于非正式场合中对所谈话题进行反问,
或向对方征求意见。
Language points
例句:I’m busy this afternoon.
What about
this
evening?
今天下午我比较忙。今晚怎么样?
I like English.
How about
you?
我喜欢英语。你呢?
2.
Thank you for
your help, Anna.
thank you for … 意为
“为……感谢你”
,等于
Thanks for…,
都是表
达
感谢的方式。
for是介词,后加
名词、代词或动词-ing
形式
。
表示感谢的内
容或原因,即
thank you for sth.
或
thank you for doing sth.
他人对自己说
“Thank you”
时,可以回答
“You're welcome!” (
不用谢
)
例句:
Thank you for
your books.
=
Thanks for
your books. 多谢你的书。
Thank you for
your photos. 谢谢你的照片
。
Thank you for
helping
me. 谢谢你帮助我。
【
运用
】
1.It’s Sunday today. What about
(go)
swimming?
2.My pen is black.
And you
? (
选出替代画线部分的
选项
)
A. What about yours
B. How are you
C. Excuse me D. Sorry
going
A
3. 你呢?
_____________ _____________you?
4. —谢谢你的帮助。
—不用谢。
—_____________ you _____________ your help.
—You’re _____________.
What about
Thank
for
welcome
I.
根据提示填写单词。
1. That ____________
(铅笔)
is not mine.
2. This is her ____________
(盒子)
.
3. That is a ____________
(字典)
.
4. Is this your ____________
(书包)
?
5. That ____________
(书)
is Jim’s.
6. I lost my notebook in the school ________
(图书馆).
7. That white cup is ________
(你的).
8. Excuse me, are these two ______________
(字典)
Helen’s?
9. I can ________
(帮助)
Helen and Sally.
pencil
box
dictionary
schoolbag
book
library
yours
help
dictionaries
Exercises
II.
根据汉语意思完成句子。
1. 请问,这是你的铅笔盒吗?
_____________ ,
is this
_____________
pencil box
?
2. 这些书是你的吗?
_____________
these
_____________?
3
.
这些钥匙不是我的。
These
_____________
are
_____________.
Excuse me
your
Are
books yours
keys
not mine
Ⅲ.
翻译句子。
1.
请问,这本书是你的吗?
2.
那本词典是他的吗? 不,是我的。
3.
我的铅笔盒在桌子上。
4.
书包里有铅笔、尺子和橡皮。
Excuse me, is this book yours?
—Is that dictionary his? —No, it's mine.
My pencil box is on the desk.
There are pencils, rulers and erasers in the schoolbag.
–Allan, I found a red eraser under your chair. Is it yours?
–Oh, yes. It’s ____. Thank you, Mike.
A. me B. my C. mine
中考链接
我(宾格)
由问句“它是你的吗?”可知回答“是我的。”
我的(形容词性物主代词)
我的(名词性物主代词)
1.
写出下列单词对应的名词性物主代词:
you, I, his, her
Summary
2.What are in your school bag? Tell your classmates and count them.
Review the words and conversations
we learned today.
2. Preview for the next lesson.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To learn to use Yes/No questions and short answers to identify
ownership.
To
learn to use possessive pronouns
mine, yours, his,
hers
.
Language Goals
Let's play a guessing game
What’s that?
Is
that
a/an
…?
Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
Warming up
What’s this?
Is this a/an…?
Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
What’s that?
Is that a/an…?
Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
Are these her…?
Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t.
Are those his…?
Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t.
Are those her…?
Yes, they are./ No, they aren’t.
Grammar Focus
Is this your pencil?
Yes, it is. It’s
mine
. / No, it isn’t. It’s
hers
.
Is this his green pen?
Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. The blue pen is
his
.
Is that your schoolbag?
Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s
his
.
Are these your books?
Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They’re
hers
.
Are those her keys?
Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They’re
mine
.
it’s
=
it is
isn’t
=
is not
aren’t
=
are not
Grammar focus
1. _________ your school bag?
(作肯定回答)
这是你的书包吗? 是的,它是。
2. _________ your pencils?
(作否定回答)
这些是你的铅笔吗? 不,它们不是。
3. _________ your eraser?
(作肯定回答)
那是你的橡皮吗? 是的,它是。
4. _________ your rulers?
(作否定回答)
那些是你的尺子吗? 不,它们不是。
Is this
Are these
No, they aren't.
Yes, it is.
No, they aren't.
Yes, it is.
Is that
Are those
Complete
the questions and answers about each picture.
Is _______ your book?
Yes, it is.
No, it ________.
Are _______ my pencils?
Yes, _______ are.
No, they aren’t.
Is _______ his ruler?
Yes, it ________.
No, it isn’t.
Are _______ her pens?
Yes, they are.
No, they _______.
this
isn’t
these
they
that
is
those
aren’t
3a
Group work
Use the things in the picture and the sentence patterns in 3a to make your own conversations.Then role-play in front of your classmates.
3b
Read the questions and complete the answers.
Yes, _______.
It’s ________.
No, _________.
______ Sally’s.
1. Is this her ruler?
2. Is that Eric’s schoolbag?
it is
hers
it isn't
It's
3. Are these his pencils
?
4. Are those Anna’s books?
Yes, _________.
They’re ________.
No
, ____________.
_________ mine.
they are
his
they aren't
They're
Put some things into the teacher’s box. Then take one thing out of the box and find the owner. You only have two guesses!
No, it
isn’t.
3c
Is this your
eraser?
B: Yes, it is.
No, it isn’t.
Find the Owner
A: Is this your … ?
Let's play the game!
— What’s this in English?
— It’s a / an …
— How do you spell it?
— …
— Is this your …
— No, it isn’t.
— Is this his / her …
— No, it isn’t. It’s his / her …
You can use the following sentence patterns:
Is that/this …?
那
/
这是
……
吗
?
这
是个一般疑问句,是用来确认物主关系的
。
肯定回答
:
Yes, it is.
否定回答:
No, it isn’t.
注意
:
答语
不用
this
或
that
。
例句
:
Is this
an orange?
这是个桔子吗
?
Yes
, it is.
是
的,它
是。
Is
that
your jacket?
那是你的夹克吗
?
No
, it isn’t.
不
,不是。
Language points
Are these/those …?
这些
/
那些是
……
吗?
在这种句型中
名词要用复数形式
。不用
不可数名词。
肯定回答:
Yes, they are.
是的。
否定回答:
No, they aren’t.
不是。
注意:
不能用
these
或
those
来作简
略回答
。
例句:
Are these
your rulers?
这些
是你的尺子吗?
No
, they aren’t.
不是。
Are
those
his erasers
?
那些
是他的橡皮吗?
Yes
, they are.
是。
一调二改三问号
“一调” :
把
be
动词调至句首;
“二改”:
改主语称谓;
“三问号”:
在句末加上问号
This is my pen
.
Is this your pen
?
含有
be
动词的陈述句变一般疑问句
根据要求完成句子。
1. This is her eraser. (
改一般疑问句
)
2. Is that Mary’s pen? (
否定回答
)
3. That is my ruler. (
否定陈述句
)
4. Is his pen here? (
肯定回答
)
Is this her eraser?
No, it isn’t.
That isn’t my ruler.
Yes, it is.
【
运用
】
5. This is a pen. (
变为一般疑问句)
6. Is this your pen? (
肯定回答)
7. Is that her English book? (
否定回答)
Is this a pen?
Yes, it is.
No, it isn’t.
狗的名字
__________________
the name
of
the dog
1.
表示
无生命事物的所有关系
,用“
名词
+
of +
名词
”结构,表示前者属于后者。
2.
表示
有生命事物的所有关系
,在
名词其后加
’s
来
表示所属关系,意为“
……
的
”。
例:安娜的
Anna’s
鲍勃的
Bob’s
名词所有格
名词所有格的构成
方法
一般的
单数名词
在词尾直接加
“
’s
”
Tom’s
book
汤
姆的书
my
uncle’s
car
我叔叔的小汽车
以
-s
结尾的复数名词
在词尾加
“
’s
”
the
students
’ basketball
学生们的篮球
不规则复数名词
在词尾加
“
’s
”
Women’s
Day
妇女节
Children’s
Day
儿童节
名词性物主代词
。
mine
,
hers
,
yours
等是名词性物主
代词
,相当于一个名词,可以在句子中单独使用。它相当于“形容词物主代词 +
名词
”。而形容词性物主代词只能和名词在一起使用。
例句:
This is your ruler. It’s not my ruler.
=
This ruler is
yours
. It’s not
mine
.
这
是你的尺子,它不是我的。
Those
aren’t
his books
. They’re
her books
.
=
Those books aren’t
his
. They’re
hers
.
那些
书不是他的。它们是她的。
形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词表
1. Dale’s father is a teacher. ______ is a teacher, too.
A
. I B. My C. Mine D. Me
2
. This is my book. __
is
over there.
A. Your B. Yours C. You D. Mine
3.
Whose pencils are there?
They
’
re
__.
A. my B. me C. mine D. our
C
【
运用
】
B
C
I.
单项
选择。
1.
— Is
this your key, Jenny?
— No
. ______ is in my schoolbag.
A
. His B. Hers C. Mine
2. — Is this _______ book?
— No, it isn’t ________.
A. theirs; their B. hers; his C. your; mine
3. The green pen isn’t ____. It’s ______.
A. his, his B. his, yours C. yours, my
C
C
B
Exercises
4. — Excuse me, are these ___ new shoes?
— No, they aren’t. ____ are black over there.
A
. her; Hers B. her; She C. hers; Her
5. These aren’t ____ yellow pencils. The
blue pencils are___.
A
. mine, my B. his, his C. hers, her
6. — Is that ____ pencil box?
— No, it isn’t. It’s _______.
A
. Eric, Linda’s
B
. Linda, Eric
C
. Eric’s, Linda’s
A
B
C
1. — Are those your ____________ (pencil box)?
— Yes, they are. They’re _____ (my).
2. — Is that _______ (Anna) green eraser.
— No, it isn’t. The red eraser is ____ (her).
3
. — Are
______ (this) your keys?
—No
, _____ (it) aren’t.
4.
— Is
the blue pencil ______ (your), Linda?
— No
, it isn’t. It’s ______ (Bob).
5. That isn’t ______ (Eric) schoolbag. ____ (his) is red.
II.
用所给单词的适当形式填空。
these
these
mine
Anna’s
pencil boxes
hers
yours
Bob’s
Eric’s
His
III.
根据提示完成句子。
1
. ______ _______ (那些是) Dale’s keys?
2. Is this her eraser? (改为复数句)
_______ _______ her erasers?
3. Are those his rulers? (作否定回答)
No, ______ ______.
4.Are those his keys? (改为单数句)
_______ _______ his key?
Are
those
Are
these
they aren’t
Is that
Ⅳ
.
翻译句子。
1.
那些橡皮是你的吗? 不是,它们是玛丽的。
2.
这是你的书吗? 是的,是我的。
3.
那是李明的词典吗? 不,不是。它是我的。
4.
这些是他的尺子吗? 是的,是他的。
—Are those erasers yours? —No, they aren't. They are Mary's.
—Is this your book? —Yes, it is. It's mine.
—Is
that Li Ming's dictionary? —No, it isn't. It's mine.
—Are
these his rulers? —Yes, they are.
中考链接
— Excuse
me, may I use your dictionary?
______
is at home
.
— Certianly
. But remember to returnit on time.
A. I B
. Me
C
. My
D
. Mine
D
由“我可以用你的字典吗?我的在家里。”可知要用名词性物主代词。
Summary
1.
写出下列单词的名词性物主代词:
his, her, I, it, you
2.
写出下列名词的所有格:
Mary, Paul, Li Ming, women, Browns
3.How to ask the owner of things?
What
sentence patterns did we learn?
1. Finish the
exercises.
2. Preview the new words and expressions.
3. Preview
1a-1e.
Homework
Section B 1a-1e
To learn new words:
baseball,watch,
computer, game,card, notebook,ring,bag.
To learn the sentence patterns:
1.A: What’s this?
B: It’s a ...
2. How do you spell it?
Language Goals
Do you know these things?
Warming up
notebook
baseball
key
watch
computer game
ring
Let's play a game!
Who has the best eyes? 谁的眼睛最亮?
Name the things as soon as you see them.
What's this?
Match the words with the things in the picture.
1a
baseball ____
5.
key ______
2. watch ____ 6. notebook ____
3. computer game____ 7. ring ____
4. ID card ____ 8.pen ____
9. bag ____
e
b
h
a
i
g
c
d
f
Ask and answer questions about the things in the picture in 1a.
这是什么?
你怎么拼写它的?
1b
A: What’s this?
B: It’s a(an)
…
A: How do you spell it?
B: ...
computer game
ID
-
card
notebook
baseball
pen
ring
key
Is this a book?
No, it isn't.
What’s this?
It’s a pencil.
How do you spell it?
P-E-N-C-I-L.
According to the example, make converstions.
Pair-work
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Listen and circle the things you hear in 1a.
1c
1.baseball _____
2.watch ____
3.computer game____ 4.ID card ____
5.key___
6.notebook _____
7.ring____
8.pen____
Listen again. Write the things that belong to
Linda or Mike.
Linda
watch
_______
______
____________________
Mike
ID card
pen
baseball
1d
Listen
again and fill in the blanks.
—I lost my ________ this morning.
—OK. Is this your _______ ?
—No, it _______. That's my _______.
—_______ you are.
—And that's my __________.
—OK. What's your name?
—Linda.
watch
watch
isn't
watch
Here
ID card
—That's my _____.
—_______?
—Yes...and that's my _______.
—All right. What's your name?
—Mike.
—OK. Here's your ________.
—Thank you.
pen
This
baseball
baseball
Student A is Linda and Student B is Mike.
Make conversations about the things in 1d.
Then change roles.
1e
What will they say?
It’s a watch.
它是一块手表。
Language points
watch
可数名词,复数
:
watches
拓展:
英语中以
s, x, sh, ch
结尾的名词,在变复数时末尾加-
es
bus-buses
公共汽车
box-boxes
盒子
dish-dishes
盘,碟
match-matches
比赛
1
watch
与
clock
watch
(
表
)
clock
(
钟表
)
手表
、
怀表
或
秒表
指
钟表、挂钟、闹钟
等,常用来掌握时间,多带有闹钟的功能,以提醒人们注意时间
根据汉语提示填写单词或短语
。
1.Are these your ___________ (watch), Mary?
2.
这些手表是她的。
These
____________
are
________
.
3
. 这块手表不是我的。
This
____________
isn’t mine.
【
运用
】
watches
watches
hers
watch
How do you spell it?
你怎么拼写它?
这是一个特殊疑问句,用来询问拼写方法。注意:回答拼
写单词时每个字母都要大写,而且字母与字母之间用连字
符连接。
英语中常用代词代替已知的名词,而不重复该词。本句中
it
代替需要拼写的单词。用于询问或要求对方拼写单词的
表达方式还有:
2
Can you spell it, please?
请你把它拼写出来,好吗?
Spell it, please.
请把它拼写出来。
Do you know how to spell it?
你知道它如何拼写吗?
—
这是什么?
—
它是一张地图。
—
你怎么拼写它呢?
—
What’s this
?
—
It’s
a
map.
—
How
do you spell it?
【
运用
】
2. Mary lost her _______ this
afternoon.
3. —Is this your notebook, Nancy?
—No. It’s not m ______ .
I.
根据图片语或首字母提示填写单词。
1. Here are two ________.
watches
ring
ine
Exercises
II.
选择填空。
1
.What
’
s this __________ English? It
’
s a backpack.
A. to B. in C. and D. for
2.________ do you spell watch? W-A-T-C-H.
A. What B. What's C. How D. How's
3.Can you spell ________ name? Yes. M-A-R-Y.
A. you B. your C. it's D. it
4.Bill finds his watch. He says_______
Is this your watch? B. What's this in English?
C. This is my watch. D. No, it isn't.
B
C
B
C
.
句型转换。
1. It’s
an apple
.
(就画线部分提问)
___________?
— ____________?
(
根据答语写出问句
)
—
It’s a baseball.
— __________________?
—
B-A-S-E-B-A-L-L.
What’s this
What’s this
How do you spell it
III
A: Excuse me (请原谅), Mary.
__________________ (这是你的书吗)?
B: Yes, it is.
A: Mary, is this your_______ (铅笔)?
B: No, it isn’t. It’s his.
A: ________________(这是什么)?
B: It’s ___ _________(橡皮).
A: How do you ________(拼写) it?
B: E-R-A-S-E-R.
What’s this
.
根据汉语提示补全对话。
Is this your book
pencil
eraser
spell
an
Ⅳ
1.Do you remember these words?
ring, watch, computer game, spell, how, notebook, key, baseball
2.Complete the conversation.
—_______ this?
—It's a _______.
—______________?
—B-A-S-A-B-A-L-L.
Summary
What's
baseball
How do you spell it
1. Remember the words and expressions we learned in class.
2. Practice the conversations with your partners.
3. Preview 2a-3b.
Homework
Section B 2a-2c
To learn the new words:
library,some,
classroom, e-mail,find, lost, ask
for,must, call…
To learn the lost and found notices.
Language Goals
When you lose things, how to find them or ask for help.
When you find things but you don't know the owner, how should you do to help others.
Emotional Goals
I
lost
my keys.
选择与单词意思相符的图片
Warming up
There are many books in the
library
.
“Where are you going?” she
asked.
I couldn’t find my mobile phone before the class.
But I remembered putting it into my handbag in the morning.
I feel so worried.
Is it stolen by someone?
Or is it left behind somewhere?
What should I do now?
What should he do?
Write the things you lose easily.
school ID card
watch
key
schoolbag
wallet
(
钱包
)
ruler
eraser
notebook
…
pen
2
a
Read the notices on the board and circle the lost things.
Lin Hai,
A computer game is in the
school library. Is it yours
?
Ask the teacher for it.
Mike
Is this your watch?
My phone number is 495-3539. Call me.
John
2b
Found:
Some keys are in
Classroom 7E.
Are they yours? E-mail me
at maryg2@gfimail. com.
Lost:
I lost my school ID card. I must find it. Call me at 685-6034. Thanks.
Tom
Read the notices again and write down the items. Then check (
√
) Lost or Found.
2c
Item
Lost Found
______________
______________
______________
______________
ID card
watch
keys
computer game
√
√
√
√
Check the answer
策略:搜索关键词及目标句型。
Read the notices again and answer the questions.
1.Who found a computer game?
2.If you lost your watch, what can you do?
3.Who lost ID card? How to contact the owner?
Mike.
Call John at 495-3539.
Tom.
Call him at 685-6034.
1.Ask the teacher for it.
ask sb. for sth.
:
向某人索取某物;向某人要某物
例
:
You can
ask
him
for
the dictionary.
你可以找他要那本词典。
Don’t
ask
me
for
it. Go and
ask
your father (
for
it).
不要向我要
(
它
)
,去向你爸爸要吧。
Language points
You can _______ Grace _______ (
向某人要某物
)
your map.
2. “Where are our pens?” they ______ (
询问
).
【
运用
】
ask
for
ask
2.A computer game is in the school library.
in
为介词,意为
“在……里”
,表示方位。
例:
My pens are in the pencil box.
我的笔在铅笔盒里。
3.Call
me
at
685-7788.
call
在此句中意为“
打电话
”,常用于以下结构:
call sb.
给某人打电话
Call him
this afternoon.
今天下午给他打电话。
call +
电话号码
拨打
……
(号码)
Pleas call 110.
请拨打110。
call sb. at +
电话号码
拨打……(号码)找某人
Call Mary at 236-0396.
请拨打236-0396找玛丽
。
你可以按照234-6789给杰克拨打电话。
You can _______ Jack _______234-6789.
点拨
:“(给……)打电话”,用动词
call
;“(
提供电话号码时使用)按照
;根据”用介词
at
。
【
运用
】
call
at
4. E-mail me at maryg2@gfimail.com.
at
prep.
放在电子邮箱的地址或电话号码等前面,表示
“按照……;根据……”
at
表示时间,用于钟点前,用于时刻前
,译为 “在……时(刻)”。如:
at three/three o’clock
在三点
at a quarter to six
六点差一刻
at noon
在中午
at night
在夜晚
at midnight
在半夜
at breakfast/lunch/supper
在吃早饭/午饭/晚饭时
at this time of day
在每天这个时候
at
表示地点,一般用于较小的地名(方)前,译为 “在……”。如:
at home
在家
at the station
在车站
at
表示处于……状态,译为 “从事于……”。如
at school
在上学
at work
在工作
I
must
find it. must modal v.
(情态动词)必须
例:
You
must
finish it today.
你一定要在今天完成它。
You
must
see the doctor.
你一定要看医生。
must+
动词原形
1.
这是什么?
_______ this?
2.
你怎样拼写它?
_____ do ____ spell it?
3.
那只绿色的铅笔是你的吗?
___ the green pencil _______?
What’s
How you
Is yours
I.
完成句子。
Exercises
4.
一部电脑游戏机在图书馆里。
A _________ ______ is ___ the school library.
5.
发电子邮件到我的邮箱
jack@sina.com
。
______ me ___ jack@sina.com.
6.
我把我的书包丢了。
I ____ my __________.
computer game
in
E-
mail at
lost schoolbag
II.
任务
型阅读。
lost & found
Found:
Is this your schoolbag? Call Kelsey at
328-6798.
Found:
Dictionary.
Is this your dictionary?
Please call Alan.
Phone # 465-3456.
Lost:
My ring.
My name is Linda. Please call 675-1243.
根
据失物招领启事,完成下列句子。
1. _________ found a schoolbag.
2. Linda lost a __________.
3. Linda’s phone number is ____________.
4. Alan found a ____________.
5. Alan’s phone number is ___________.
6. Lin Yi lost her schoolbag, then she may call
____________ at ___________ to find it.
Kelsey
ring
675
-
1243
dictionary
465-3456
Kelsey
328-6798
Ⅲ.
完成寻物启事。
Name
:
Tom
Lost item
:
a big blue bag
Tel
:
258-5479
E-mail
:
Tomg@163.com
Lost
I _____ Tom. I lost my school bag. It _____ a big blue one. There are three pencils and a notebook _____ it. I must find it. Please ______ me _____ 258-5479 or e-mail me _____ Tomg@163.com.
am
is
in
call
at
at
Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to Beijing! And if you need any help, please call me
______010-5558 6390.
at B. on
C. with D. by
中考链接
call sb. at
给
……
打电话
1. What things did you lose before?
2.When you lose things, what can you do?
Summary
1. Remember the words and expressions we learned.
2. If your friends lost his/her watch, help him/her write a notice.
3.Prepare for the next lesson.
Homework
Section B 3a-Self Check
To learn to write the lost and found notices.
To review what we have learnt in this unit.
(1) new words about school things
(2) ①—Is this your pencil?
—Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
②—What’s this in English? —It’s a pen.
—How do you spell it? —P-E-N.
Language Goals
When you lose things, don't be worried. Learn to write notices and find your lost things.
When you find things, try to help others.
Emotional Goals
Free talk
Talk with your partner:
What's this?
How do you spell it?
Is it yours?
What are those?
How do you spell?
Are they yours?
What are these?
Can you spell?
Are they yours?
:A set of keys
Are these ?
Call Jenny at .
Complete the notices with the words or phone number in the box.
name yours found 284-5486 lost call
:My notebook
My is David.
Please me at
679-8871.
Lost
name
call
yours
284-5486
Found
3a
Write your own or found notice with your name and phone number.
如果你拾到别人的东西
,
你该怎样归还给失主呢
?
3b
Found: Some keys are in Classroom 7E.
Are they yours? E-mail me
at maryg2@gfimail. com.
Found
失物招领
标题
拾到的东西
询问某物是不是失者的
联系人
联系方式
Found
失物招领
Found
,
分
五部分
:
1.
标题
2.
拾到的东西
3.
询问某物是不是失者的
4.
联系人
5.
联系方式
根据所给提示完成下面的招领启事。
your notebook
call Mary
Found:
_____________.
Is this________________?
Please___________.
______________________.
Phone call: 425-6801
A notebook
your notebook
call Bob
【
运用
】
捡到一个笔记本,丢失者可拨打电话
425-6801
找
Bob
。
当你丢失东西的时候
,
你该怎么办?
Lost: I lost my school ID card. I must find it. Call me at 685-6034. Thanks.
Tom
标题
丢失的东西
失者姓名
联系电话
Lost
寻物启事
Lost
,
共
四部分
:
1.
标题
2.
丢失的东西
3.
失者的姓名
4.
联系电话
Lost
寻物启事
根据所给提示完成下面的寻物启事。
Lost:
My
_
_
________.
My__________ David.
Please_____695-3059.
schoolbag
name is
call
【
运用
】
今丢失双肩背包一个,有拾到者可打电话
695-3059
与
David
联系。
Write the school things you know.
pen ruler
pencil pencil box
schoolbag notebook book
dictionary eraser ID card
Self Check
2. Complete the chart with pronouns.
I
me
my
mine
you
yours
her
hers
he
him
you
your
she
her
his
his
3. Look at the picture and write the conversations.
看
图写对话。
1
2
3
4
Is that your schoolbag?
No, it isn’t.
Is this your book?
Yes, it is.
Is that your key?
Yes, it is.
Is this your ball?
No, it isn’t.
Is this / Is that …
?
Yes, it is. / No , it isn’t.
根据汉语提示,完成句子。每空一词。
1. 劳驾,这是你的书包吗?
_______ ________, is this your schoolbag?
2. 琳达的夹克衫是红色的。你的怎么样?
Linda’s jacket is red. ________ ________ _______?
3. 杰克可以向格林女士
要
他的词典。
Jack can _______ Ms. Green _______ his dictionary.
【
运用
】
Excuse me
What/How about yours
ask
for
4. —
那些是吉姆的橡皮吗?
—是的,它们是。
—_______ _______ _______ erasers?
—Yes, ______ ______.
Are these Jim’s
they are
a
set
of keys
set
为名词,意为“套,组,副”。
短语
a set of
表示“
一套,一列,一串
”等。
例:
a set of
books
一套书
a
set of
stamps
一套邮票
Language points
【拓展】
在英语中表示物品的时候(尤其是不可数名词),常常
用
“
数词或
a/an/this/that +
名词(表示容量、种类
……
)
+ of +
名词” 来表示,意为“
……
双(对
/
套
/
张
/
副
……
)”。
a piece of meat
一片肉
that pair of shoes
那双鞋子
a glass of milk
一杯牛奶
John lost a set of
.
A. dictionary
B. pen
C. key
D. rulers
【
运用
】
D
I.
选择。
1.—Is that a watermelon on the table?
— _______. It is a pumpkin.
A. Yes, there is. B. Yes, it is.
C. No, there is. D. No, it isn’t.
D
2.— Cindy, is the baseball bat _____?
— No, _______ is over there. It must be Mark’s.
A. your; my B. your; mine
C. yours; my D. yours; mine
D
Exercises
3. Look! A set
keys. Are these
?
A. of; your
B. of; yours
C. is; your
D. are; yours
4. Her watch
in her backpack.
A. am
B. is
C. are
D. be
B
B
II.
连线。
1.a pair of shoes
2.a cup of milk
3.a set of keys
4.some pieces of bread
computer game it isn’t spell computer
in English your computer game
A: What’s this ____________?
B: It’s a ___________________.
A: How do you
_______________?
B: C-O-M-P-U-T-E-R.
A: Is this
_______________________?
B: No, _________.
computer game
spell computer
your computer game
it isn’t
III.
用方框里的单词或短语填空。
in English
Ⅳ.
完
成公告栏启示。
Lost
____ Li Ming.
I can't find my ________. It's red. Please _____ me ____
658-4574.
Found
____________
are on the desk. Are _____ yours? Please
e-mail
me _____ Johnt@163.com.
I’m
schoolbag
call
at
A set of keys
they
at
1.Do you remember the following words?
ring, pen, pencil, eraser, book, bag
2.What's in your schoolbag?
3.Your friend lost a book, please help him/her write a Lost notice.
Summary
Sally在学校图书馆拾到了一串钥匙,请你替她写一则招领启事。她的联系电话是13069954321; 电子邮件地址是Sally@tom.com。
要求:1.格式正确,语言通顺。2.可适当发挥。
Homework
unit 4
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
Where’s my schoolbag?
Section A 1a-2d
To learn to use “on, in, under”.
To talk about where things are
A: Where is/are ...?
B: It’s/ They’re under/ on/ in....
A: Is the bag under/ on/ in...?
B: Yes, it is./ No, it isn’t.
Language Goals
When you want to know where something is, don't be worried. Learn to ask the place of it.
Emotional Goal
Do you know what’s in my house?
Let’s go into the house.
Warming-up
s
o
f
a
t
a
ble
/eɪ/
b
oo
kc
a
se
/u/
/ei/
ch
air
ch
air
s
b
e
d
/e/
Match the words with the things in the picture.
1. table ____
2. bed ____
3. bookcase ___
4. sofa ___
5. chair ___
6.schoolbag ___
7. books ___
8. keys ____
b
e
h
g
d
a
f
c
1
a
Spelling competition
1. Three rounds for three groups, one by one.
(3大组轮流回答,共3轮
)
2. Raise your hand. Only the fastest can answer.
(举手最快者才有资格说出答案)
3. Spell it, read it, and say the Chinese meaning loudly in 10s.
(10秒内拼单词,读单词,并说出中文意思)
4. One point for spelling and one point for Chinese.
(拼写1分,中文1分)
_ e _
Ready?
GO!
bed
床
10s
t _ b _ _
Ready?
GO!
table
桌子
10s
c
h _ _ _
Ready?
GO!
chair
椅子
10s
s _ _ a
Ready?
GO!
sofa
沙发
10s
c _ _ p _ t e _
Ready?
GO!
computer
电脑
10s
sc _ _ _ l
b _ _
Ready?
GO!
schoolbag
书包
10s
b _ _ k c _ _ _
Ready?
GO!
bookcase
书橱
10s
on
the box
under
the box
in
the box
A:Where’s my schoolbag?
B:It’s / / the box.
on
under
in
Listen and number the things in the picture[1-4].
1b
Check the answer
2
4
3
Listen again and complete the conversation.
Tom:______ are my books?
Father:They're ______________.Tom:How about my __________?
Mother:It's __________________.
Tom:OK. And where's my _____________?
Helen:Your _____________? It's _____________.
Tom:Great. Now where are my _______?
Father:Oh, they're ___________.
Where
on the sofa
pencil box
in your schoolbag
computer game
computer game
under your bed
keys
on the table
Practice the conversation in 1a with your partner. Then make your own conversations using the words in the box.
on in under
A: Where’s the schoolbag?
B: It’s under the table.
1c
Where is the book?
It’s in the schoolbag.
Role-play
Make conversations about the place of things with your partner.
Listen and number the things [1-6].
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
a
Listen again. Find the things from 2a and number them in the picture[1-6].
2b
Check your answer.
2
3
4
5
6
Where is …? It’s …
Where are …? They’re…
Pair work
Look at the pictures and make conversations.
Ask and answer questions about the things in the picture in 2b.
A: Are the keys on the sofa?
B: No, they aren’t. They’re on the table.
2c
Example
Describe the place of things to your group members.
Example
The computer is on the table.
Role-play the conversation.
Mom:
Come on, Jack!
Jack:
Oh, no! Where’s my bag?
Mom:
Hmm…is it on your desk?
Jack:
No. And it’s not under the chair.
Mom:
Oh! It’s on the sofa.
Jack:
Thank you, Mom. Err…where’s the map?
Mom:
I think it’s in your grandparents’ room.
Jack:
Yes, it’s on their bed! And my hat?
Mom:
It’s on your head!
Jack:
Oh, yeah! Haha!
2d
A:
Where’s/ where’re the…?
B: It’s/ They’re
in/on/under/
…
Picture1
Picture2
In Picture 1 the key is …
In Picture 2 the key is…
找不同
on
在
…
…
上面
under
在
…
…
下面
in
在
…
…
里面
Language points
in
意为“
在
……
里面
”,常指
某人或某物在某
范围空间里
。
如:There
’
s a
computer
in
my
room
.
on
意为“
在
……
上面
”,
指一个物体在另一个物体的上面,两个物体相互接触。
其反义词为
under
“
在
……
下
”。
如:
my
schoolbag is
on
the big chair.
Where’s
the pencil?
It’s
____ the table.
on
【
运用
】
Where’s the backpack?
It’s_______ the table.
under
Where is the apple ?
It
’
s
the table.
on
Where
is the ruler?
It’s _____ the box.
in
Where
’
s the pen?
It
’
s
the chair.
under
1. The keys are ______ the chair. (在下面)
2. My English book is ___ the sofa.(在上面)
3. —Where’s my baseball?
—It’s______ the table. (在下面)
4. —Where’re your keys?
—They’re____ the box. (在
里
面)
5. —Are the pencils____ the chair? (在上面)
—No, they’re not.
under
on
under
in
on
用适当的介词填空。
【
运用
】
Memory Challenge
Where
’
s Jerry?
Remember in 15s.
3
6
4
Where
’
s
Jerry? It
’
s
in/on/under
the
case.
1
2
5
3
6
4
1
2
5
Where
are my books?
我的书在哪里?
(1)Where
引导的特殊疑问句,询问
“某人或某物在哪里”
(2)
结构:
where + be +
主语
(
人或物
)
(
be
动词要与主语保持一致
)
(3)
答句:“主语
+ be +
表示地点的介词短语”
(
其主语一般用人称代词代替,避免重复
)
—
Where is
my English book?
—
It’s
on
the desk.
—
我的英语书在哪里?
—
它在桌子上。
1.—
is my pen?
—It’s in the pencil box.
A. What B. How C. Who D. Where
2.—Where are my shoes?
—
.
A. Yes, they are B. Yes, I don’t know
C. They are under the sofa D. It’s on the table
D
C
【
运用
】
I.
翻译下列词组。
1.
在课桌下
______________
2.
在沙发上
____________
3.
在背包里
______________
4.
在椅子上
_______________
5.
在床下
______________
6.
在图片里
(picture)
_____________
under the desk
on the sofa
on the chair
in the picture
in the schoolbag
under the bed
Exercises
.
单项
选择。
1. —Where is my book?
—It’s under ____ table .
A. the B. the my C. my D. /
2. Where ____ his keys?
A. is B. are C. am D. be
3. —____ your bag ? —It’s on the bed.
A. What’s B. What C. Where’s D. Where
A
B
C
II
棒球在哪里? 它在沙发上。
2
. 我的电子游戏机在哪里? 它在床底下。
3. 你的书在哪里? 它们在箱子里。
Where is the baseball?
It’s on the sofa.
Where is my computer game?
It’s under the bed.
Where are your books?
They are in the box.
III
.
翻译句子。
1. What's in your room?
2. Do you remember these words?
bed, sofa,chair, table,room.
3.How to ask and answer the place of things?
Summary
—Wendy, do you know the children over there?
—Yes. _______ names are Annie and Anna.
A. Her B. His
C. Theirs D.Their
中考链接
D
她的
他们的(名词性物主代词)
他的
他们的(形容词性物主代词)
由“
names
”可知要使用形容词性物主代词。
1.Remember the words and conversations
we learned today.
2.Describe your room and the place of
things to your friends.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To learn to use prepositions:
on, in, under
.
To learn to use “where” questions to ask for the location of things
.
Language Goals
Learn to tell others about the location of things.
Emotional Goal
Where’s the ball?
It’s
on
the box.
It’s
under
the box.
It’s
in
the box.
Warming-up
A:
Where
’
s
the… ?
B:
It
’
s
in/ on/ under/…
A:
Where
are
the… ?
B:
They’re
in/ on/ under/…
Pair work
Where’s the map?
It’s in your grandparents’ room.
Where are my books?
They’re on the sofa.
Where’s his pencil box?
It’s in his
schoolbag.
Where’s
your ruler?
It’s under the chair.
Where
are their keys?
They’re on the table.
Grammar Focus
Grammar focus
1. _________ the map? It's on the wall.
地图在哪里? 它在墙上。
2. _________ the rulers?
_______________________.
尺子在哪里? 它们在书包里。
3. _________ your book? It's ______________.
你的书在哪里? 它在你的房间里。
4. _____________ school bag? It's ___________.
她的书包在哪里? 它在沙发上。
Where's
They're in the school bag
Where're
in your room
Where's
on the sofa
Where's her
Where _____ the keys?
They’re ____ the _____.
Where’s the ______?
____ it on your desk?
No, it’s ______ the
chair.
Look at the pictures and complete
the conversations
.
are
on
table
book
Is
under
3
a
Where ____ the pencils?
I don’t know. ____ they in the _________?
Yes, they are.
are
Are
schoolbag
Ask and answer questions
about the
things on the right.
3b
A: Where are my pencils?
B: I don’t know.
Are
they on the desk?
A: No, they’re not. They're
in
the pencil box.
Example:
2. A: Where’s the computer game?
B: _____________________.
3. A: Where are the pencils?
B: _______________________.
1. A: Where are the books?
B: _____________________.
They’re on the sofa
It’s in the bookcase
They’re in the pencil box
Answer the questions.
Student A ,look at the picture on Page 19. Student B, look at the picture on the right.
Ask
and answer questions to find the differences.
A
3c
B
A: Where’s the schoolbag?
Is it under the table?
B: No, it isn’t. It’s on the table.
Example:
A VS B
Competition(
比赛
)
Find the differences!
There are five
differences
in
the
two
pictures.Can
you
find them
?
找出图中五
处不
同。
A
B
In picture A,
…is/are
on/in/under
…
In picture B…
以
where
开头的特殊疑问句:
用来
询问人或物在什么
地方。
其
结构为:
Where
+
is / are
+ 主语
(
人或物
)
?
回答
时不能用
Yes
或
No
,而应根据实际情况回答出物
品
所在的位置。例如:
—Where
are your keys?
你
的钥匙在哪里?
—They’re
in my
room.
它们
在我的房间里
。
Language points
“Where is
+单数主语,
Where are
+复数主语”,
谓语动词用
is
还是
are
取决于主语的人称和数。如果主语是人,回答时用相应的人称代词主格作主语;如果主语是单数物品,回答时用
“
It’s +
表示地点的词”
;如果主语是复数物品,回答时用
“
They’re +
表示地点的词”。
例如:
⑴
—
Where
is your English teacher?
你的英语老师在哪里?
—
She is in the classroom.
她
在教室里。
⑵
—Where
are the pencils?
铅笔在哪里?
—They
are in the pencil box.
它们在铅笔盒里。
1.
尺子在哪里?
_______ the ruler?
2.
它在你父母的房间里。
It’s ___ your ________ room.
3.
我的钢笔在哪里?
______ ____ my pens?
4.
它们在桌子上。
They’re __ the ____.
5.
她的书包在哪里?
_______ ___ schoolbag?
Where’s
Where are
on table
in parents’
Where’s her
一、根据提示,完成句子。
【
运用
】
6.
它在她的书包里。
It’s ___ her __________.
7.
你的笔记本在哪里?
_______ your ___________?
8.
它在沙发下面。
It’s _____ the ______.
9.
他们的钥匙在哪里?
______ are ____ ____?
10.
它们在床上。
_______ on the _____.
Where’s
in
under sofa
Where
their keys
They’re
bed
schoolbag
notebook
I.
根据图画提示,写出单词。
1. -- Where are the books?
-- They’re _____ the chair.
2. My book is on the _____.
3. Where is the cat?
-- It’s on the ______.
4. I think my schoolbag is in my
grandparents’ ______.
5. Look! The hat is on your ______.
6. The _________ is very nice.
under
table
sofa
room
head
bookcase
Exercises
II.
单项选择。
—__________
those CDs in the
bookcase?
—Yes,__________.
A.Are
; they are B.Is; it is
C.Are; those are D.Is; that is
2
. —________
my baseball?
—It’s
under the
chair.
A.Where
B. Where’s
C. What’s D. Where
are
A
B
3
.—
Is the book on the sofa?
—________.
A. Yes, I am B. No, it is C. Yes, it is
4.
—
________ under the table?
—
No, they aren’t.
A. Where are B. What is C. Are they
C
C
5.
—
Where are your brothers?
—
________.
A. He is in his room B. Yes, they are
C. I don’t know
6. — Where are your notebooks?
—
___ are on the bed.
A. It B. They C. We
C
B
This is Mr. Wang’s room. His bed is ___ the floor. The bookcase is _____
__ the
bed. The clock is ____the wall. Mr. Wang is
____
the chair, _____ ____the desk. A computer, a ruler, a notebook, a pen_____ a phone are ___ it. Look! A fish is
___
the drawer. What’s ______ the chair? It’s his football. Where ___ his TV?I don’t______.
on
next to
on
on
next
and
on
in
under
is
know
to
III.
用合适的词填空。
1. notebook, on, her, is, bed, the
_________________________.
2. are, under, bookcase, they, the
_________________________.
3. in, a, keys, of, is, the, set, drawer
_________________________.
4. her, photo, family, is, on, dresser, the
_____________________________?
5. his, game, computer, is, where
__________________________?
Ⅳ.
连词成句,并翻译成汉语。
Her notebook is on
the
bed
They are under the bookcase
A set of keys is in the drawer
Is her family photo on the dresser
Where is his computer game
英汉互译。
1.
她的床在哪里? 它在她的房间里。
2.The
books are in the bookcase.
3
.
我的橡皮在文具盒里吗? 不,它们在桌子上。
Summary
Where is her bed? It's in her room.
书在书柜里。
Are my erasers in the pencil box?
No, they aren't. They're on the table.
Frank held his
breath _____ the
water to search for his ring in the swimming pool.
at B. by
C. over D. under
中考链接
D
在水下
under th water
1. Remember the words and phrases.
2. Practice the conversations we learned
today
with your friends.
3. Preview for the next lesson.
Homework
Section B 1a-1e
To learn the things around the house.
To learn to ask and answer the location of things in Tom’s room.
Language Goals
Be able to tell others
where the things are.
Emotional Goal
Find out the differences.
Warming-up
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Picture 1
Picture 2
x
Picture 1
Picture 2
The clock
The phone
The keys
The math book
The baseball
on the wall
I don’t know
on the floor
on the desk
on the desk
on the table
on the floor
I don’t know
under the desk
I don’t know
Is
the
… ?
Yes, it is.
/ No, it isn’t.
Are
the
…?
Yes, they
are.
/
No
,
they aren’t
.
A:
Where’s the… ?
B: It’s
in/on/under/
…
A:
Where
are
the… ?
B:They're
in/on/under
…
Pair work
tape
player
tape player
— What’s this in English?
— It’s a…
clock
plane
radio/radios
model plane
tape
player
tape player
clock
plane
radio
model plane
0.03
秒的挑战
说出单词
Memory game
Match the words with the things in the picture.
radio
2. clock ______
tape player _____ 4. model plane _____
5. tape _______ 6. hat ______
a
f
d
e
b
c
1a
Make sentences
on
in
under
The
backpacks
are
on the desk.
The
CD
is
in the computer.
The
clock
is
under the table.
Look at the picture in 1a for three minutes.
Then close your books and write down all
the things you remember.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
radio
tape
tape player
clock
model plane
hat
books
table
pen
eraser
ruler
pictures
bed
dresser
ID card
bookcase
chair
pencil
watch
notebook
baseball
quilt
pencil box
CD
1b
Listen and circle the things Tom wants from his room.
English books tape player clock
ruler notebook tape
model plane radio
1c
Listen and number the things you hear.
2
1
6
3
5
4
Listen again. Where are Tom’s things? Write them down.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
The English books are under the radio.
The ruler is on the bed.
The notebook is under the model plane.
The tape is in the tape player.
1d
Ask and answer questions about the things in Tom’s room.
1e
A: Where is the …?
B: It’s …
A: Where are the …?
B: They are …
A: Is the …?
B: Yes, it is. / No it isn’t. It is …
A: Are the …?
B: Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. They are …
Pair work
Exercises
I.
根据句意及图片提示完成下列句子。
1.The _____is not mine. It's my brother's.
2.Look!My model ________is in the photo.
3.Are those ________yours,Lily?
clock
plan
e
tapes
4.That CD _______is Mary's.
5.Is that your grandfather's________?
player
radio
II.
用所给词的适当形式填空。
1.
This is________ (they) classroom
.
2.
Where _____(be) your parents?
3.
These are my __________(eraser)
.
4.
The computer is not ______(my)
.
5.
Excuse _____(I)
,
can you spell this word
,
please
?
their
are
erasers
mine
me
Ⅲ.
根据图片提示,用合适的介词完成句子。
1.
The pencil box is ____the table.
2.
The ruler is ____the schoolbag.
3.
The baseball is _______the table.
4.
The flower (花) is ____the table.
5.
The dog is ____the box and the box is _______the table.
on
in
under
on
in
under
Ⅳ.
根据答语及图片写出问句。
1.It's on the table.
2.No, they aren't. They're in the bookcase.
3.It's a model plane.
4.No, it isn't. It's Li Ming's.
×
Lily
Where is the clock?
Are the books on the table?
What's this in English?
Is this Lily's radio?
Summary
1.What's this?
2.Sentence patterns:
Where is/are...? It's/They're in/on/under...
Is/Are the...in/on/at...?
Yes, it is/they are. No, it isn't/they aren't.
1.Remember the words and sentences.
2.Draw a picture of your room, and then describe it to your partners.
画一画你的房间,并向你的同学描述它。
Homework
Section B 2a-2c
To learn the usage of “and”.
To write about things in a room with in, on and under.
To understand the passage about the sister’s room.
Language Goals
Learn to describe your room to your friends, and learn to decorate your room.
Emotional Goal
Talk about the rooms in your group.
Free talk
Write the words you know for the things in the picture.
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
_____
notebook
pen CD key
bookcase book quilt
bed
radio tape table chair
schoolbag clock picture
sofa
…
2
a
Group work
Draw the following things in your group.
quilt
bed
clock
radio
bookcase
Read the passage and answer the questions:
Is Kate tidy? Is Gina tidy?
2b
What’s the topic sentence in this passage?
I’m tidy, but Gina is not.
Read the passage again and tell true(T)or false(F).
If false, please correct it.
1.Kate is tidy.
2.Gina's books are in the bookcase.
3.Kate has a white model plane.
4.Gina always can't find her things.
T
F
Gina's books are everywhere.
Gina has a white model plane.
F
T
Complete the chart about the things Kate and Gina have and where they are.
Kate
Gina
Things
Where
Things
Where
books and tapes
in the bookcase
keys in the schoolbag
clock on the desk
books everywhere
white model plane
under the desk
keys, ruler
don’t know
2c
Talk in your group,
and draw Kate's and Gina's tings.
Gina's room is not tidy. Today, she wants to clean her room. How will you help her?
Group work
Chen Yang wants some things now, but he is not at home. So he decides to give a massage to Chen Guang to help him. Now, Let’s see his room and complete the massage.
【
运用
】
Look at the picture and fill in the blanks.
Dear Chen Guang,
Can you bring some things to school? I need my hat, my notebook and a pen. My _____ is ____________. The _________ is on the floor, and my ________ is _____________.
Thanks,
Chen Yang
hat
on the chair
notebook
pen
on the table
everywhere
adv. 处处;到处;各个地方
;
例:
I’
ve looked everywhere. 我各处都看过了。
He follows me everywhere. 我无论去哪儿他都跟着我。
We
’
ll have to eat here─ everywhere else is full.
我们只好在这儿吃饭了——其他地方都客满。
Language points
【
结论
】
everywhere
的用法
everywhere
为副词,
意为“
处处;
到处;
各个地方
”
,
相当于
here and there
。
【
拓展
】
常见的地点副词
somewhere
某地
(
多用于
肯定句
中
)
anywhere
什么地方;任何地方
(
一般用于
否定句
和
疑问句
中
)
nowhere
没有地方
(
用于
否定句
中
)
here
这里
there
那里
【
运用
】
1.
下课后,学生到处都是。
The students are
after class.
2.
我到处都找不到我的钢笔。
I can’t find my pen
.
3.I saw her picture
.
我到处都可以看见她的照片
。
everywhere
anywhere
everywhere
tidy
adj
. 整洁的;整齐的;井然有序的;井井有条的
例:She keeps her flat very tidy .
她把她的单元房间保持得很整洁。
I like everything to be neat and tidy .
我喜欢一切都井井有条。
【
结论
】
tidy
的用法
tidy
形容词,意为“
整洁的
,
整齐的
;
有条不紊的
”,
常见用法
:
be tidy
整洁的;
keep tidy
保持整洁;
a tidy+
n
.
一个整洁的
……
【
运用
】
今天下午亮亮想整理一下房间。
Liang Liang wants to
his room this afternoon.
tidy up
I.
根据汉语提示填写合适的单词。
1. Sonia
’
s _____ (收音机) is on the table.
2. Where is Linda
’
s white _____ _____
(飞机模型)?
3. I have a _____ (闹钟). It
’
s on my desk.
4. Gina
’
s pens and pencils are __________ (到处).
5. I think Kate
’
s room is _____ (井井有条的).
radio
model plane
clock
everywhere
tidy
Exercises
II.
单项选择。
1. —_____ your model plane?
— It’s in the room.
A. Who’s B. Where’s C. Where’re
2.
—
Is the baseball on the sofa?
—
No, it’s ______ the sofa.
A. on B. in C. under
B
C
3. —
Are the English books under the radio?
—________.
A. No, it isn’t B. Yes, they are C. No, they are
B
Ⅲ.
完成句子。
1.
我爱整洁,但吉娜却不。
I ______ ______, ______ Gina is not.
2.
我的书和磁带在书柜里。
My books and tapes ______ on the bookcase.
3.
吉娜的书到处都是。
______ books are
.
4.
那个白色的飞机模型是她的。
The white model plane ______ ______ .
5.
吉娜总是问“我的钥匙在哪里?”。
“
Where are my keys? ” Gina ______ ______.
am tidy
but
are
Gina’s
everywhere
is hers
always asks
Ⅳ.
根据汉语意思完成下列句子,每空一词。
1.
英语书在收音机的下面。
The English books are ______ ___ ______.
2.
凯特的书在书橱里。
Kate’s books are ___ ___ _________.
3.
我有一台录音机。它在桌子上。
I ____ a tape player. It’s __ ___ _____.
under the radio
in the bookcase
have
on the table
Ⅴ.
根据句意,选择方框中的单词并用其适当形式填空。(每词限用一次)
1.Spring (春天) is coming. The flowers and grass are ___________.
2.Alice is a _____girl.
3.My pen is red, _____ hers isn't.
4.Linda is _____English teacher.
5.Dale __________helps his friends at school.
everywhere our always tidy but
everywhere
tidy
but
our
always
She was tired._____ she continued her work.
so B. until
C. but D. that
直到
……
但是
因此
句意“她很累,但是她继续她的工作。”。
那个
Summary
Describe your own room.
This is my room. Look, my books are _______,
and my clothes are ________. Where is my clock?
Oh, it is_______. The ______ is not mine, it is
______. I also have some _______. They are
_______. What's your room like? Can you tell me?
Write a note to a friend asking for four
things from your room. Say where they
are.
2.Preview the new words and expressions in
Unit 5.
Homework
Section B 3a-Self Check
To talk about where things are.
To learn to use “and”.
Make students learn to put their things in turns and be a tidy student.
Language Goals
Learn to clean up your own room, so that you can keep it tidy.
Emotional Goal
What's this? Do you have it?
Warming-up
What's this? Do you have it?
What are they? Do you have them?
What
Yes/No
Where
a dictionary
yes
on my desk
a schoolbag
a pencil box
a radio
books
pens
tapes
CDs
Do you have these things? Where are they?
in the …
under the …
on the …
next to the …
behind the …
between …
3a
Small talk
Talk about your school things in your group, and tell your classmates where they are.
Write about where the things are in your room. Use the word and if you can.
My dictionary
and
my radio
are
on the desk.
2. My pencil box
is
in my schoolbag
and
my schoolbag
is
under the desk.
and:
连词,意为“和,又,而且”,可以连接语法作用相同的词、短语或句子,表示并列或对称的关系
.
3b
请看下面的句子:
My eraser
is
in my schoolbag. My schoolbag
is
under the desk.
My eraser
is
in my schoolbag
and
my schoolbag
is
under my desk.
My eraser
and
my schoolbag
are
under my desk.
注意:当我们谈论一件物品时谓语动词用
is
,而讨论两个及以上物品时要用
are
。
Sample sentences
My ID card
and
my green pencil box
are
in my schoolbag.
My tape player
and
my radio
are
on the table.
My tape
s
are
on the bookcase
and
my baseball
is
under my bed.
Draw pictures accoding to the sentences above.
Introduce
the
room.
Here is my room. My computer is on the desk. My …
1. Write the things in your room.
Furniture(
家具
): __________________________
Stationery(
文具
):_________________________
Other(
其他
):_____________________________
desk, chair, bed , sofa …
pencil, pencil box, ruler…
tape computer, plants ...
Self Check
2. Write about the things in your classroom with in, on , under, next to, and behind.
The tape player is on the teacher’s desk.
The books are in the students’ desk.
The basketball is under the desk.
The pen is next to the books.
The blackboard is behind the door.
I.
单项选择。
1. —________ is the dog, Jack?
—I think it's under the table.
A. What B. How
C. Where D. Who
2. I have a radio, ________ he has one too.
A. and B. but
C. or (或者) D. so (因此)
C
A
Exercises
3. —Where are your CDs?
—________.
A. It
’
s on the desk B. Thanks for your help
C. They
’
re keys D. Sorry, I don
’
t know
4. Where are ________ pencils? Are ________ in the box?
A. our; their B. our; they C. you; theirs D. your; you
D
B
5. —Where is my English book?
—Oh, it
’
s ________ the floor (地板).
A. on B. in C. under D. at
A
II.
按要求完成下列句子。
1
. Where are her pencils? (
变为单数句
)
_________________________
2
. Is it your book? (
变为复数句
)
_________________________
3
. Are his baseballs under the sofa? (
作肯定回答
)
_________________________
Where is her pencil?
Are they your books?
Yes, they are.
4. Is the watch on the table? (
作否定回答
)
_________________________
5. The keys are
in the drawer
. (
对画线部分提问
)
_________________________
No, it isn’t
Where are the keys?
Ⅲ.根据汉语意思完成句子。
1
. ——我的棒球在哪儿?
——它在你的床底下。
—________ ____
my baseball?
—_____ ______
your bed.
2
. 她的收音机和电脑在桌子上。
Her ______ ____
________ are
____
the table.
Where is
It's
under
radio
and computer
on
3. 他的钢笔在铅笔盒里, 并且铅笔盒在椅子底下。
_____ _____
are
______
the pencil box and the
pencil
box is ________ the chair.
4. Tom的房间不整洁, 东西到处都是。
Tom’s ______ _____ _____.
Things
are __________.
His
pens
in
under
room isn’t
tidy
everywhere
Ⅳ.
看图完成短文。
Hello, I _____ Mary. This is my room. My bed
is________
the wall. And the ______ is next to the bed. Under the table is my
______.
My ______ and toys _____ on the bed. I have a computer, it's
____________.
Where're my ________? They're on the wall. My room is _______. Do you like it?
am
next to
table
chair
quilt
are
on the table
pictures
tidy
1.What's in your room?
Summary
2.If you want to know where your books are, how to ask its location
?
3.Use in/on/under/next to/behind to introduce things' location.
假设你是Jim,
请根据图片提示
简单介绍一下你的房间
.
提示词:
tidy
整洁的;
soccer
ball
足球
;
plant
植物
要求:语句通顺,内容完整,50词左右.
Homework
unit 5
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
Do you have a soccer ball?
Section A 1a-1c
To learn to talk about ownership.
To learn new words:
do, have, tennis, ball, soccer, volleyball, basketball, let, us, go, we, late, has, get…
Language Goals
Learn to ask the ownership of things.
Emotional Goal
Do you have a ...?
Yes, I do.
No, I don’t.
Warming-up
A: Do you have
a ruler
?
B: Yes, I do. I have a ruler.
A: Do you have
an eraser
?
B: Yes, I do. I have an eraser.
A: Do you have
a pencil
?
B: Yes, I do. I have a pencil.
A: Do you have
a pen
?
B: Yes, I do. I have a pen.
A: Do you have
a notebook
?
B: Yes, I do. I have a notebook.
a basketball
What’s this ?
How do you spell it?
football
a
soccer
ball
a volleyball
a baseball
a b
a
seball
b
a
t
a tennis ball
a tennis r
a
ck
e
t
a ping-pong
ball
a ping-pong b
a
t
a
badminton
a badminton r
a
ck
e
t
tennis racket
tennis ball
ping-pong ball
volleyball
baseball
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
soccerball
ping-pong bat
basketball
bat VS racket
baseball bat
ping-pong
bat
tennis
racket
badminton
racket
Match the words with the things in the picture.
tennis ball _____
ping-pong bat _____
soccer ball _____
volleyball _____
basketball _____
baseball bat _____
a
f
c
e
d
b
1
a
d
a
c
b
e
f
play a game
Say what you see.
ping-pong bat soccer ball
volleyball ping-pong ball
Listen and circle the words you hear.
1b
A: ____you _____a______________?
B: ___________.
A: Do you have_______________?
B: ___________.
Listen again and fill in the blanks.
Do
have
ping-pong bat
No, I don’t
a ping-pong ball
Yes, I do
Draw the following things in your group.
football
basketball
volleyball
badminton
baseball bat
Practice the conversation with your partner. Then ask and answer questions about the things in the picture above.
A:
Do
you
have
a ping-pong bat?
B:
Yes, I do.
A:
Do
you
have
a ping-pong ball?
A:
No, I don’t.
1c
Do you have a … ?
Yes, I do. I have a…
Do you have a …
No, I don’t. I
don’t have a…
don’t=do not
Does
she have a … ?
Yes, she
does.
No, she
doesn’t.
doesn’t=does not
Make conversations with your partner.
Does
he have a … ?
Yes, he
does
.
No, he
doesn’t
.
Does
it
have a … ?
Yes, it
does
.
No, it
doesn’t
.
第一人称
第二人称
第三人称
单数
复数
单数
单数
复数
复数
I
we
you
you
they, boys
…
he, she, it
…
do
does
I.
写一写图中你看到的物品名称。
Exercises
II
.
根据句意及图片提示,写出合适的单词。
1. — Is this your _________?
— Yes, it is.
2. The ________ isn’t Peter’s. It’s mine.
3. At home, I have three ping-pong ______.
4. Let’s play ______ this afternoon.
5. Do you have a ______ ball?
basketball
volleyball
bats
tennis
soccer
.
翻译句子。
1. -
你有网球吗?
-
是的,我有。
2. -
他有乒乓球拍吗?
-
不,他没有。
Do you have a tennis ball?
Yes, I do.
Does he have a ping-pong bat?
No, he doesn’t.
Ⅲ
1. What sports things do you have?
2. Complete the conversation.
___ you have a baseball? Yes, I ____.
_____ she have a ________
(排球)?
No, she ______.
Summary
Do
do
Does
volleyball
doesn't
Write down all the sports things
you have.
2. Recite the conversations in this class.
Homework
Section A 2a-2d
1.Learn some sports things
:
basketball,volleyball,baseball,baseball bat,ping-pong ball...
2.Learn the sentence pattens:
Do/Does sb. have...?
Yes,sb. do/does. No,sb. don't/doesn't.
Language Goals
Learn to ask your friends if they have something.
Emotional Goal
basketball
soccer
ball
volleyball
tennis
ball
ping-pong
ball
baseball
Can you guess?
badminton racket
ping-pong
bat
baseball
bat
tennis racket
What are they?
Listen to the conversations and number the
pictures[1-4].
2
3
4
2
a
1
Listen again and match the pictures in 2a
with the balls.
3
2
4
2
b
1
Listen and complete the conversation.
2
John:Hi, Mike.
Mike:Hi, John.
John:I want to play_________.Do you have a ___________?
Mike:_____, I ____.
John:Great!
4
Frank:Do you have a __________, Dale?
Dale:____, I _____. But my _______ does. Let's go and _____ him.
basketball
basketball
Yes
do
volleyball
No
don't
brother
find
Ask and answer questions about the people
in 2a.
No, she
doesn’t.
Does Jane have a tennis ball?
2c
Does Dale have a
volleyball?
No, he
Doesn’t.
Does Paul have a
soccer ball?
No, he
Doesn’t.
Role-play the conversation.
Cindy: Hey, Helen, let’s go! We’re late!
Helen: OK.
Cindy: Do you have the baseball?
Helen: Yes, I do. It’s in my bag.
Cindy: And where’s our baseball bat?
Helen: Bill has it.
Cindy: Oh, yeah. And do you have your jacket?
2d
Helen: Oh, no, I don’t. It’s on the chair. Let me get it.
Cindy: And your hat, too!
Helen: OK, I have my jacket and hat. Let’s go!
Role-play
Practice the conversation with your partners and then perform it for your classmates.
...
...
...
Pair work
Hey, Let’s go. We’re late!
OK.
Do you have...?
Yes, I do.
Role-play
1.Hey, Helen, let’s go!
嗨,海伦,
(
让
)
我们走吧!
let’s
是
let us
的缩写,
let
表示
“让
……”
在
其后加上“人”及“所做的事”,表示“让某人做某事”。英语口语中以
Let’s…
开头的句子很常见,本单元中还有
Let’s play./ Let’s ask./ Let’s play computer games.
等句子。
另外,
let
后面的
us
还可以换用其他人称,如
:
Let me get it.
让我(去)拿(它)。(我去拿。)
Please let your little brother play.
让你的小弟弟玩玩。
Language points
2. We are late!
我们迟到了。
be late
译为“迟到”
,
一般其后跟介词“
for”
表示“做某事迟到”。
be late for = come late to
迟到
比如:
be late for class
上课迟到
be late for meeting
开会迟到
3. Do you have the baseball?
这是一个由助动词“
do”
引导的一般疑问句。回答用“
Yes, I do/ No, I don’t.
其中“
have”
为实义动词,译为“有”。
比如:你有棒球吗? 是的,我有。
—Do you have a baseball?
—Yes, I do.
I.
单项选择。
1 —Does Jane have a ball?
—Yes, ____________
A .I am B. it is
C. you do D. she does
D
Exercises
2. —______ your son have a key?
— No, he ________.
A. Do don’t B. Does doesn’t
C. Do doesn’t D. Does don’t
B
1.
你有足球吗
?
_____you _____ a soccer ball?
2.
我的朋友
迟到了。
My friend _______ _______.
3.
我们的棒球拍在哪里?
______ ____ our baseball bat?
4.
让我去拿它吧
。
Let me ______ ________ .
II.
根据对话,完成下列句子。
Do
have
is late
Where
is
get
it
Ⅲ.
改错。
1. Do she have a volleyball?
2. Do you have a baseball racket?
3. He have a bookcase.
4. Do you have a basketball? Yes, you have.
__
Does
_____
bat
___
has
___
I
Summary
Make conversations according to the pictures.
Tom
No
Yes
Jane
Yes
Yes
Jane: Tom, do you have a football?
Tom: No, I don't.
Jane: Do you have a volley ball?
Tom: Yes, I do. I have a volley ball. Jane, do you have a ping-pong ball?
Jane: Yes, I do. I have a ping-pong ball.
Tom: Do you have a pair of ping-pong bats?
Jane: Yes, I do.
Tom: Let's play ping-pong ball.
Jane: Great!
Sample
1. Practice 2d with your partner.
2. Review what you learned in this lesson.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To learn to use “have” to talk about ownership.
To learn to use Yes/No to answer questions.
Language Goals
Learn to invite your friends to play together.
Emotional Goal
Do you have a/an …?
Yes, I do. /No, I don’t.
Where is it?
It is…
Free talk
A:
Do
you
have
a volleyball?
B: Yes, I do.
A:
Let’s
play
volleyball
.
B: Great!
Talk with your partners according to the picture.
Do you have a baseball?
Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. I have a volleyball.
Do you have a ping-pong bat?
Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. I have a ping-pong ball.
Does she have a tennis ball?
Yes, she does. / No, she doesn’t. She has a baseball.
Does he have a soccer ball?
Yes, he does. / No, he doesn’t. He has two ping-pong bats.
Do they have a basketball?
Yes, they do. / No, they don’t. They have a volleyball.
Grammar Focus
Grammar focus
1. _________ have a basketball? ___________. I have a ping-pong ball.
你有一个篮球吗? 不,我没有。我有一个乒乓球。
2. _________ have a football? ____________.
他有一个足球吗? 是的,他有。
3. _________ have a volleyball? ______________.
她有一个排球吗? 是的,她有。
4. _________ have two baseballs? ______________.
他们
/
她们有两个棒球吗? 不,他们
/
她们没有。
Do you
No, I don't
Yes, he does
Does he
Yes, she does
Does she
No, they don't
Do they
◆ 意义
一般
现在时用来表示经常性或习惯性
的动作
或现在的状态。
◆ 谓语动词
1. 主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数
或复数名词时,行为动词以原形出现。
2.
主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时,行为动词要相应地使用其第三人称单数形式。
行为动词的一般现在时
◆ 句式
1.
变否定句时,当主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数或复数名词时,在行为动词前加
don’t
;当主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时,在行为动词前加
doesn’t
。
2.
变一般疑问句时,当主语是第一、第二人称、第三人称复数或复数名词时,在句首加助动词
do
;当主语是第三人称单数或单数名词时,在句首加助动词
does
。 其肯定回答为“
Yes,
主语
+do/does.”
,否定回答为“
No,
主语
+don’t/doesn’t.”
谓语动词
have
在句中有两种形式,即
have
和
has
。
have
用于第一人称
(I, we),
第二人称
(you),
以及第三人称复数
(they)
或其他复数名词等后
;
has
用于第三人称单数
(he
,
she
,
it
或单数名词
)
后。
have / has
的用法
肯定句
如:
I
have
a baseball.
我
有一个棒球
。
They
have
some good friends.
他们
有一些好朋友。
Tom
has
a Chinese friend.
汤
姆有一位中国朋友。
The
school
has
three grades.
这
所学校有三个年级。
否定句
变否定句时,需要借助助动词
do
或
does
的否定形式。
主语为
非第三人称单数
时
,
句型为
:
主语
+don’t have...
如:
I
don’t have
a baseball.
我没有棒球。
主语为
第三人称单数
时
,
句型为
:
主语
+doesn’t have...
如:
My sister
doesn’t have
a watch.
我的妹妹没有手表。
变一般疑问句时,也需要借助助动词
do
及其
第三人称单数形式
does
。
主语为
非第三人称单数
时,句型为
:
Do
+
主语
+have...?
主语为
第三人称单数
时,句型为
:
Does
+
主语
+have...?
肯定回答
: Yes,
主语
+do / does.
否定回答
: No,
主语
+don’t / doesn’t.
一般疑问句
如:
—Do
you
have
a basketball?
你有篮球吗?
—
Yes
, I do
. /
No, I don’t
.
是
的,有。
/
不,没有。
—
Does
he
have
a
tennis racket?
他有一个网球拍吗?
—
Yes
, he does
. /
No, he doesn’t
.
是
的,他有。
/
不,他没有。
I
they
he
she
it
Eric
you
we
I he they you
we she it Eric
Write
each word in the correct place
in
the
chart.
do
does
3
a
Fill in the blanks with
do
or
does
. Then
practice the conversations with your
partner.
A:
you have a baseball?
B:
Yes, I
.
A:
Great! I have a bat. Let’s play!
Conversation 1
Do
do
3
b
A: _______
John have a soccer ball?
B:
No, he _______.
A:
_______ he have a ping-pong bat?
B:
Yes, he _______. I think he has a ping-pong ball, too.
A:
Hmm…let’s ask.
Conversation 2
Does
doesn’t
Does
does
A: _____
your friends have a basketball?
B:
Yes, they ______ . They have two basketballs.
A:
Well, let’s play basketball.
B:
That sounds good.
Conversation 3
Do
do
Remember the things in Bob’s room. Close your
books. Then ask and answer questions with a
partner.
A:
Does he have a soccer ball?
B:
Yes, he does.
A:
Does he have a
ping-pong
bat?
B:
No, he doesn’t.
3c
Make conversations with your partner. Talk about the pictures below.
A: Let’s play soccer.
B: I don’t have a soccer ball.
A: Well, let’s play volleyball.
B: That sounds good.
Pair work
You want to join one of your school sports club. Complete the form and introduce yourself to the coach.
1. Do you have a ping-pong ball?
这是一个一般现在时行为动词
(do)
的一般疑问句
,
其中
have
是实义动词
,
表示“某人拥有”。句中
do
为助动词
,
没有实际意义
,
只是帮助构成句式。如:
Do you have a watch?
你有手表吗?
Language points
2.
Yes, I do.
这是个肯定的简略回答形式。其中
do
为动词
,
用来避免动词的重复。
3.
No. I don’t.
这是个否定的简略回答形式
,
其中
don’t
是
do
和
not
的缩写形式。
3.
Let’s play
soccer.
咱们踢球吧。
本句是以
let
开头的祈使句
,
结构为“
Let’s do sth.”,
意为
“咱们
……
吧”,常用于提出建议。句中的动
词用原形。
如:
Let’s play basketball.
咱们打篮球吧。
4. That
sounds
good.
1)
句中的
sound
为系动词
,
其后接形容词
good
作表语。
2)
当主语是第三人称单数时
,
在一般现 在时的肯定
句中
,
动词后要加
s,
构成动词的第三人称单数形式。
如:
He
plays
basketball every day.
I.
用所给动词的适当形式填空。
1. Lily _____ (have) three baseballs.
2. Mr Wang _____________ (not ) TV in the
evenin
3. My classmates ________ (have) sports every day.
4. — ______ Lily ______ (know) his family?
— Yes, _______ _______.
has
have
doesn’t watch
she does
Does know
Exercises
II.
按要求完成下列各题。
1. I have two ping-pong bats. (
改为一般疑问句
)
____ ____ ____ two ping-pong bats?
2. His brother has a soccer ball. (
改为否定句
)
His brother ________ ______ a soccer ball.
3. Do they like basketball? (
作否定回答
)
_____, they
________.
4. I have a computer. (
改为否定句
)
I _____ ______ a computer
.
Do you have
doesn’t have
No don’t
don’t have
5. She has a ping-pong ball. (
改为一般疑问句
)
_____ she ______ a ping-pong ball
?
6
. Her schoolbag is
under the table
. (
对划线部分提问
)
______ ____ her schoolbag?
7. Does Helen have a dictionary? (
作肯定回答
)
Yes, _____ _____.
8. Do you have a soccer ball? (
作否定回答
)
No, ____ _______.
Where is
I don’t
she does
Does have
III.
用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1. I have three
baseball
________ (bat).
2. She_____ (have) a computer game. It’s on her bed.
3. Let _______ (I) get your English book.
4. That _________ interesting.
me
has
bats
sounds
Ⅳ
.
根据汉语提示完成句子,每空一词。
1. 咱们去打排球吧。
_____ _____
volleyball.
2.
迈克
上学迟到了。
Mike
____
_____
for
school.
3. 那听起来
无聊
。
______ ________
boring
.
4. 迈克有七个乒乓球拍。
Nancy
_____
seven
_______
_
_
____.
5. 约翰有哥哥吗?
_____ John _____
a
brother?
Let’s play
That sounds
is late
Does have
ping-pong bats
has
I
.
写出下列动词的第三人称单数形式:
have, do
II
.
按要求完成句子。
1.Does she have a volleyball?(
作否定回答
)
2.I have a basketball.
(把主语变成
he
)
3._______ play football. That _______ good.
4.Let ___ (I) help you. Thank you.
Summary
has
does
No, she doesn't.
He has a basketball.
Let's
sounds
me
1. Review the grammar and remember the language points.
2. Do some exercise and write the sports things you have.
Homework
Section B 1a-1d
To learn to make suggestions.
To learn to use “Let’s…”
Language Goals
Learn to express your idea about your friends' invitation.
Emotional Goal
Let’s
play
soccer, soccer, soccer, soccer.
Well, sorry, I don’t have a soccer ball.
Let’s play
volleyball, volleyball, volleyball, volleyball.
Well, sorry, I don’t have a volleyball.
Let’s play
tennis, tennis, tennis, tennis.
OK, OK, that sounds good.
A Chant
Haha,
it’s fun.
.
fun
有趣的
,
令人愉快的
UNIT 5 SECTION B
Warming-up
Wow, it’s
Interesting!
interesting
有趣的
,
令
人感兴趣的
UNIT 5 SECTION B
Ah, it’s
relaxing.
relaxing
轻松的
UNIT 5 SECTION B
Haha! It’s
difficult.
difficult
困难的
UNIT 5 SECTION B
Hmm. It’s
boring.
boring
无聊的
,
令人生厌的
UNIT 5 SECTION B
Learn the
description words
fun
difficult
interesting
relaxing
boring
Match the words with the pictures.
1. interesting ____ 3. fun _____ 5. relaxing ____
2. boring ____ 4. difficult ____
c
d
e
b
a
1a
A: Do you have a computer?
B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
A: Well, let’s play computer games.
B: That sounds fun/interesting/ boring/relaxing/difficult/good...
Pair work
A:
Let’s …
B:
That sounds
play tennis
play volleyball
play soccer
play basketball
play baseball
Do you have ...?
Yes, I do.
Let's play
Let’s play...
That sounds...
good
/
interesting
/
difficult
/
boring
/
fun
/
relaxing
/
....
Listen and check (√) the description words
you hear in 1a.
1. interesting ( )
2. boring ( )
3. fun ( )
4. difficult ( )
5. relaxing ( )
√
√
√
√
1b
Listen again. What does Paul say about
these actives? Choose a word from 1a to
fill in each blank.
play computer games ____________
play volleyball ____________
watch TV ____________
play basketball ____________
1c
interesting
difficult
boring
fun
Listen again and fill in blanks.
Jenny:
Let’s play computer games.
Paul:
That sounds __________ . But I don’t have computer.
Jenny:
Well. Do you have volleyball?
Paul:
Yes.
Jenny:
Then let’s _______________.
Paul:
Oh, volleyball is so __________.
Jenny:
OK, let’s watch TV.
interesting
play volleyball
difficult
Paul:
That sounds ________. Hmm… let’s play soccer.
Do you have a soccer ball?
Jenny:
No, I don’t.
Paul:
Oh. Well…do you have a basketball?
Jenny:
Yes, I do. Let’s ______________.
Paul:
That sounds ________.
boring
play basketball
fun
1d
You are Paul. Your partner is Paul’s friend
Jenny. Talk about the activities in 1c.
Activities
Description
play computer games
play volleyball
watch TV
play soccerball
play basketball
Hi, I’m Frank. I like sports very much.
I like to play baseball. I think it is very interesting. But I don’t like to play ping-pong because it’s so difficult.
His/Her name is ..., he/she likes…
Group work
1
.
—Do you have a soccer ball?
—_________.
A. Yes, I don’t B. No, I do
C. No, I doesn’t D. No, I don’t
2. ____ Jim ____ his homework every evening?
A. Do, does B. Do, do C. Does, do D. Is do
3. Let’s ______ shopping together!
A. do B. does C. to go D. going
D
C
A
Exercises
I.
填空。
II
.
用所给词的正确形式
填空。
1. That ________
(
sound
)
relax
ing.
2. ____ you ______
(
have
)
a baseball bat?
3. My brother ______
(
have
)
a baseball bat.
4. She ________(play) sports every day.
5. ________ your friend _______(like) sports?
6. Let ______(we) play tennis.
7.That’s an ___________
(
interest
)
computer game.
sounds
Do
have
has
Does
like
plays
us
interesting
1. He does housework at home. (
变否定句
)
He________ ______ housework at home.
2. He goes to play football in the park on Sundays.
(
就划线部分提问
)
What _______ he _____in the park on Sundays?
doesn’t do
does
do
Ⅲ.
根据提示完成句子。
Let’s
play computer games.
play volleyball.
watch TV.
play basketball.
sing
....
That sounds
interesting.
difficult.
boring.
fun.
relaxing.
....
Summary
How to invite your friends to play together?
How to answer other's invitation?
1. Invite your parents to the park in English, tell them what you will do and why.
2. To preview the magazine article in 2b.
Homework
Section B 2a-2c
To learn the words about sports.
To learn to use “but”.
To learn to use descriptive words.
Language Goals
Give your opinions about different activities.
Emotional Goal
Small talk: What are the sports activities?
Find the sports words in the unit. Write them
in the correct column.
Things I have
Things I don’t have
baseball bat
tennis racket
ping-pong ball
badminton racket…
basketball
soccer ball
volleyball
tennis ball
baseball
ping-pong bat…
2
a
Read the survey results in school magazine
and answer the question:
Who has a soccer ball?
2b
Frank Brown
Gina Smith
Wang Wei
√
Frank Brown:
I don't have a soccer ball, but my brother Alan does. We go to the same school and we love soccer. We play it at school with our friends. It's relaxing.
Do You Have a Soccer Ball?
Gina Smith:
Yes, I do. I have two soccer balls, three volleyballs, four basketballs and five baseballs and bats. I love sports, but I don't play them—I only watch them on TV!
Wang Wei:
No, I don't. Soccer is difficult. I like ping-pong. It's easy for me. I have three ping-pong balls and two ping-pong bats. After class, I play ping-pong
with my classmates.
Match the balls with the students.
Who do you think says these sentences? Check
(√)F for Frank, G for Gina or W forWang Wei.
1. I play ping-pong with my classmates
after class.
2. I have soccer balls, basketballs, volleyballs
and baseballs.
3. My brother has a soccer ball but I don’t.
4. I only watch sports on TV.
5. Soccer is not easy for me.
6. My brother and I are in the same school.
F
G
W
√
√
√
√
√
√
2c
Fill in the blanks after reading the the survey.
name
balls
opinion
Frank Brown
and his brother
Gina Smith
soccer balls,basketballs,
volleyballs and baseballs.
Wang Wei.
easy
soccer
relaxing
ping-pong ball and
ping-pong bat
Group work
Interview other group's members about their sports things and their opinion about the sports activities, and do a report in your group.
sports things
sports activities
his/her opinion
student
1. That
sounds
interesting.
听起来很有趣。
句中的
sound
是系动词
,
意思是“听起来”
,
其后接形容词作系表结构
.
类似的系动词还有
:
look
(
看起来
),
taste
(
尝起来
),
smell
(
闻起来
)
这些词后都可以接形容词或名词
,
表示情况或状况.
如
: You look young.
你看起来很年轻。
It tastes good.
这尝起来很香。
Language points
2. Gina Smith
has
two soccer balls.
当主语为第三人称单数时
,
动词
have
要变成第三人称
has
。如:
He
has
two good friemds.
他有两个好朋友妹妹。
Mary
has
a baseball bat.
玛丽有一个棒球棒。
人称
单数
复数
第一人称
I
我
We
我们
第二人称
You
你
You
你们
第三人称
He/she/it
他
/
她
/
它
They
他们
句子的构成:
主语
(
人称代词或名词
) +
谓语
(
动词
) +
宾语
(
名词
)
He has a sister.
3.
But
she
doesn’t
play sports.
(1)
主语为第三人称单数的一般现在时的否定句式为
:
主语+
doesn’t
+动词原形+其它。如:
My mother doesn’t like dogs.
我妈妈不喜欢狗。
She doesn’t have a book
. 她没有书。
变陈述句为一般疑问句或否定句时
,
要借助助动词
do
或
does
构成
,
例如:
--
Do
you have an eraser?
--Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
--
Does
Tom have a dictionary?
--Yes, he does./No, he doesn’t.
We
don’t
have a big house.
She
doesn’t
have a brother.
(2) but
是表示转折意义的连词
,
常用于连接两个
意思相对的并列成份。如:
I likes soccer very much, but Peter doesn’t like it.
我非常喜欢足球
,
但皮特不喜欢足球。
4. We play it at school with our friends.
我们和我们的朋友在学校踢
(
足球
)
。
(1)
at school
表示“在学校”。
(2)
介词
with
表示“和;与;跟
……
一起”。
例如:
Can you go with us
?
5. She only watches
them on
TV!
(1)them
为代词
they
的宾格形式
,
在句中做宾语。
例如:
I like
them
.
我喜欢他们。
Do you know
them
?
你认识他们吗?
(2)
句中的介词
on
在此处表示借助于某种工具或手段。
如:
They are talking
on
the phone.
他们在通电话。
6. It is easy for me.
这对我来说挺容易的。
“
for +
具体的人” 表示“对
……
来说”。
be
动词后一般跟形容词。
例如:
(1)computer is difficult for my grandfather,but it’s easy for me.
电脑对我爷爷来说挺难,但对我来说很简单。
(2)Sports are good for you, for him, for her—for all of us!
体育运动对你、对他、还有她
—
对我们大家来说都有好处!
1
.
I ________ TV at night
(
在晚上
)
.
A
.
look at B
.
see C
.
watch D
.
Look
2. Let’s ______ the map on the wall.
A
.
look at B
.
see C
.
watch D
.
look
3. —________ they have any sports collections?
—Yes, they ________.
A
.
Are, are B
.
Do, do C
.
Can, do D
.
Do, can
C
A
B
Exercises
I.
单项选择。
4. The question is not easy. It’s very ____.
A
.
difficult B
.
difficulty C
.
relaxing D
.
not difficult
5. Let’s play _____ basketball. I don’t like playing
_____violin
(
小提琴
)
at home.
A
.
the, the B
.
the, / C
.
/
, the D
.
/
, /
6. Let’s ____ and ____ football on the playground.
A. to go, to play B. go, play C. to go, play D. go, to play
A
C
B
Ⅱ.
根据句意和提示填空。
1. -- Let’s _________________(
踢足球
).
-- That sounds ____________(
很有趣
).
2. -- Let’s play basketball.
-- I ____________ (
没有
)a basketball.
-- Let’s play ping-pong.
-- ________________ (
那太好了
).
3. -- _____ you _______ (
你有
) a baseball bat?
-- No, I don’t.
-- Let’s ___________ (
看电视
).
-- That sounds _________ (
没意思
).
play
soccer
ball
interesting
don’t
have
That sounds good
Do
boring
watch
TV
have
1.
我们放学后踢足球。
2.
我弟弟在电视上看棒球。
3.
乒乓球对我来说很容易。
We play soccer after school.
Soccer is easy for me.
My brother watches baseball on TV.
Ⅲ.
翻译句子。
4.
让我们放学后拉小提琴
(violin)
吧。 那听起来很好。
5.
我有两个排球,但是我认为(打)排球很难。
6.
我喜欢打篮球。它对我来说是令人放松的。
Let's play the violin after school.
That sounds good.
I have two volleyballs, but I think volleyball is difficult.
I like playing basketball. It's relaxing for me.
Summary
1. words:
same, with, after
,
容易的,仅仅、只有,喜欢,
love
2.
短语
be easy for/ after school/watch TV
3.
句子
That sounds _________
(困难的)
.
Gina Smith has two _____________
(棒球棒)
.
She only watches them _____ TV!
It is _______
(容易的、简单的)
for me.
difficult
on
easy
baseball bats
1.
Write about sports things or other things
you have. And write down your opinions
about different sports activities.
2.Choose one paragraph in 2b and recite it.
I have a ________ collection. I have______ ________________________________________________________________________________________________.
Homework
Section B 3a-Self Check
To review the words,phrases and sentence patterns in this unit.
Learn to use the words and expressions in Unit5.
Language Goals
To invite your friends to play together and give your own opinions so that you can get along well with your friends.
Emotional Goal
I like sports. I have a small sports
collection.
I have
a baseball
, I have
a tennis racket
,
I have a
ping-pong
ball
. But I don’t have
a
volleyball
. I play sports every day.
(
运动收藏品
)
[kə'lekʃən]
My sports collection
He/She
has
…
But he/she
doesn’t
have …
He/She
doesn’t
have …
He/She play
s
sports
every
day
./
He/She
doesn’t
play sports,
he/she
only
watch
es
them
on
TV
.
He/She like
s
sports .He/She
has
a
great
/
small
sports collection. He/She
has
…
His/Her sports collection
Write
more questions about sports equipment.
1.Do you have a soccer ball?
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Sports Survey
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
( ) Yes, I do. ( ) No, I don’t.
Do you have a basketball?
Do you have a ping-pong bat?
Do you have a volleyball?
Do you have a baseball?
Do you have a tennis racket?
3
a
Exchange books with a partner. Answer his
or her questions in 3a.
Do
you have
a volleyball?
Yes, I do.
Do you have a tennis racket?
No, I don’t. But I have two tennis balls.
3
b
Look at the information in 3a. Write about
yourself and your partner with but.
I don’t have a baseball,
but
I have a soccer ball.
Tom has a baseball,
but
he doesn’t have a baseball bat.
3c
1 List
all the sports you
know.
Write
what you think of them.
volleyball
fun, difficult
Sports
Your opinion
soccer ball
tennis ball
ping-pong ball
basketball…
interesting
relaxing
boring…
Self Check
2. Complete the questions and answers.
1. A: ?
B: Yes, my mom has
a baseball bat.
2. A: Do you have a
volleyball?
B: .
3. A: ?
B: Yeah, my father has
a soccer ball.
4. A: ?
B: No, she doesn’t. My
teacher has a tennis
ball.
Does your mom
have a baseball bat
Does your father
have a soccer ball
Yes, I do
Does your teacher
have a basketball
I
.根据句意和首字母提示补全单词。
1. — What c_______ are you in?
— I am in Class 2.
2. A week (
周
) has seven d_____.
3. Two pens aren’t enough (
足够的
). I need some m____ pens.
4. Li Lei is a g_________ boy. He often helps (
帮助
) us.
5. I like reading. It’s f_______.
lass
ays
ore
ood
un
Exercises
II.
写出空中所缺单词或短语
,
并翻译句子。
1.Lily and I are in the _____ school. We're both in the No.1 middle school.
2.My grandpa is an interesting old man and I love to be _____ him.
3.Tom and Jane are
___________.
Both of them are in Class One, Grade Seven.
4.Do you want to go shopping ______ school?
same
after
classmates
with
咱们去踢足球吧。
(play, soccer)
2.
我的朋友没有电脑游戏。
(not, have, computer game)
Ⅲ.
根据提示
,
写出正确的句子。
Let’s play soccer.
My friend doesn’t have a computer game.
3.
你的儿子喜欢体育吗
? (son, like, sports)
4.
你
有棒球
吗
? (have, baseball)
5.
我没有电视机。
6.
琳达放学后常做运动。
Do you have a baseball?
Does your son like sports?
I don’t
have a TV set.
Linda
often plays sports after school.
Ⅳ.
根据短文内容,用下列词语的适当形式填空。
we, classmate, easy, watch, play, same
Tom, Mary and Jane are __________, they are in the
_____
class. Tom likes ________ basketball, and he alway says to Jane “Hi, Jane, let ____ play basketball.” But Jane often says “It's not ______ for me, I just want to ______ it on TV.” But Mary likes sports very much, so Tom always plays basketball with Mary.
classmates
watch
easy
us
same
playing
Summary
Talk with your partners, and write down the words,
phrases
and sentences you can remember in Unit5.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. Complete
the exercises in Unit5
.
2. Preview the words and expressions
in Unit
6.
Homework
unit 6
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
Do you like bananas?
Section A 1a-1c
To learn to talk about likes and dislikes.
2. To learn to say fruit and vegetables in English:
banana, hamburger, tomato, ice-cream, salad, strawberry, pear, milk, bread, vegetable, fruit, apple…
Language Goals
Be able to express your likes and dislikes.
Emotional Goal
This is a
fruit and vegetable
house (
果疏屋
).
What’s in the house?
(
果蔬屋里有什么
?)
some fruits
some vegetables
['vedʒtəbl]
an
apple
three
appl
es
n
.
橙子
;
橘
n.& adj.
橙色
(
的
)
an
orange
['
ɔ
r
I
ndʒ]
two orang
es
['
ɔ
r
I
ndʒ
I
Z]
three tomato
es
a
tomato
six pear
s
some
banana
s
a strawberry
many strawberr
ies
salad
broccoli
n.
花椰菜
some
broccoli
broccoli
s
chicken
['tʃ
I
k
I
n]
many chicken
s
a carrot
some carrots
a potato
French
fries
potato
es
= potato chips
[p
ə
't
e
I
t
əʊ
]
[tʃ
I
ps]
two
hamburger
s
ice-cream
[ˈa
ɪ
s kr
iː
m]
milk
[m
i
lk]
bread
ice-cream
bread
orange
s
banana
s
strawberr
ies
salad
pear
s
tomato
es
hamburger
s
What's this? What are these?
Pair work: Remember the words and fill in the chart. (
两人为一组
,
将所学单词归类
)
countable
noun
(
可数名词)
countable noun
&
uncountable noun
uncountable noun
(不可数名词)
apple, banana, orange, pear, vegetable, strawberry, tomato, hamburger, carrot, French fries
ice-cream, salad,
fruit, chicken, food
milk, bread, rice
可数名词
(countable noun)
:
apple
---- apples
pear
---- pears
hamburger
--- hamburgers
banana
---- bananas
orange
---- oranges
strawberry
--- strawberries
tomato
---- tomatoes
carrot
---- carrots
French
fries
– French fries
不可数名词
(
un
countable noun)
:
milk
bread
rice
ice-cream, food,
salad, fruit, chicken
1. hamburgers ____
2. tomatoes ____
3. oranges ____
4. ice-cream ____
5. salad ____
6. bananas ____
7. strawberries ____
8. pears ____
9. milk ____
10. bread ____
d
i
f
h
b
g
c
j
e
a
Match the words with the things in the picture.
1a
f
b
e
d
c
a
j
g
h
i
Memory
competition
Who is the winner? (Group work)
Tell the food according to the picture.
apple
banana
chicken
salad
strawberry
carrot
milk
ice-cream
A: Do you like bananas?
B: Yes, I do.
A: Do you like salad?
B: No, I don’t.
A: Do you like oranges?
B: Yes, I do.
2
1
3
Listen and number the conversations[1-3].
1b
bananas
oranges
hamburgers
French
fries
ice-cream
strawberries
tomatoes
salad
Practice the conversations above with your
partner. Then make your own conversations.
1c
A: I like
bananas
. Do you like
bananas
?
B: Yes, I do. I like
it/them
.
/
No, I don’t. I don’t like
it/them
.
A: Let’s have
bananas
.
B: That sounds…
Pair work
According to the conversations above, make your own conversations.
I.
写出下列单词的复数形式。
Exercises
watch
tomato
carrot
orange
strawberry
peach
photo
potato
watches
tomatoes
carrots
oranges
strawberries
peaches
photos
potatoes
II
.
根据句意及图片提示写出相应的单词。
1. My brother doesn’t like ________.
2. We have some ____ for breakfast.
3. Nick doesn’t like _______.
4. I have a ______
__
__ and milk for breakfast.
5. Lucy likes _______
_
_ very much.
bananas
eggs
carrots
hamburger
ice-cream
Ⅲ.
汉译英。
1. —
你喜欢沙拉吗?
—
我不喜欢。
2.
我喜欢花椰菜,但我不喜欢炸薯条。
—Do you like salad?
—No, I don’t.
I like broccoli, but I don’t like French fries.
What's this? Do you like it?
Summary
Summary
What are these? Do you like them?
Memorize the names of all kinds of food.
2.Review the conversations in this class, and preview the next lesson.
Homework
Section A 2a-2d
To review the names of some kinds of food.
Learn the sentence pattens:
Do you like...? Yes, I do./No, I don't.
Language Goals
To know the food your friends like and the food they don't like.
Emotional Goal
Do you like …?
Yes, I do.
/
No, I don’t.
Pair work
Do you like …?
Yes, I do.
No, I don’t.
A:
Do you like
hamburger
s
?
B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
A: Do you like
salad
?
B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
I
don’t like
I like
Say what you like and what you don’t like.
hamburgers
pears
tomatoes
strawberries
oranges
ice cream
salad
bananas
Listen and circle the food you hear.
2a
Listen again. Fill in the blanks.
tomatoes
tomatoes
ice cream
ice cream
2b
Practice
the conversations above.
2c
I
like hamburgers
.
Do you like hamburgers?
Yes, I do.
Let’s have tomatoes.
Oh, no. I don’t like tomatoes.
What about
an ice-cream?
Sounds good.
Talk about your favorite fruit with your partner.
Role-play the conversation.
Jack: Hey, John’s birthday dinner is next week. Let’s think about the food.
Tom: Sure. How about burgers,
vegetable salad, and some fruit?
Bill: Sounds good. John likes hamburgers.
2d
Jack: Oh, I don’t like salad.
Bill: But John likes salad, and it’s his birthday.
Jack: Yes, you’re right. What about the fruit?
Tom: I think John likes strawberries and
apples.
Bill: OK. Let’s have strawberries and apples then.
Group competition
Practice the role-play above in your group.
Perform the conversation in front of your classmates, and every group chooses your favourite three groups.
Who is the
winner
?
Complete the conversation.
I like __________. Do you like _____?
Yes, I ____. _____ Sally _________?
No, she doesn't.
Let's ________________.
That _______ good.
ice-cream
sounds
have an ice-cream
do
it
Does
like it
Language points
John’s birth day dinner is
next week
.
“
next week
”
译为“下周”,英语中的 “
next
”,
“
last
”
后跟表示时间的词语构成时间状语,如:
next day
第二天
last month
上个月
next month
下个月
last week
上周
next year
明年
last year
去年
2. Let’s
think about
the food.
让我们来想想(吃什么)食物吧。
“
think about”
表示“思考;考虑”
, “think”
为不及物动词,常与介词
about
连用。例如:
Let me think about your house.
让我考虑考虑你的房子问题。
3.
How about
...
?
意为“
……
怎么样?”
相当于
What about
...
?,用来询问情况或征求意见。如:
How about/What about eating salad?
吃沙拉怎么样?
My father is a teacher. What about yours?
我的父亲是位老师,你父亲呢?
4. Let’s have
strawberries and apples then.
“
Let’s have
…”
译为“让我们吃
……”
1)
在英语中“
have
”+
表示一日三餐的名词,意为“用餐”。
have breakfast/lunch/supper
吃早饭
/
午饭
/
晚饭
have dinner
吃晚饭
2
)
have
+
表示食品、饮料等的名词,
意为“吃;喝”
(=eat, drink
)。如:
have (some) bread
吃面包
have eggs (for breakfast)
(早餐)吃鸡蛋
have (a cup of )tea
喝(一杯)茶
I.
根据图片提示完成句子。
1. — ___ you like ___________?
— Yes, I do. I like ________, too.
2. — _____ your father like ______?
— No. He _______ like ______.
3. — Let’s _____ salad.
— Oh, no. I ______ ______ salad.
4. — Let’s _____ _________ and ___________.
— That _______ good. I ____ them.
Do strawberries
Does pears
doesn’t pears
have
bananas
don’t like
have ice-cream hamburgers
sounds like
Exercises
Don’t take the fruit to Alice. I need ______ (it).
_____ (That) are my ________ (friend). ______ (It) are nice.
There are some ______ (photo) on the wall. They are very beautiful.
I have much ___________(homework) to do.
it
Those
friends
They
photos
homework
II.
用所给词的适当形式填空。
III.
翻译句子。
1.
丽丽的生日宴在明天。让我们考虑一下水果吧。
2.
汤姆不喜欢沙拉。
Tom doesn’t
like salad.
Lily’s birthday party is next day. Let’s think about the fruit.
第二天
明年
last week
上个月
have breakfast
怎么样
考虑
next
day
next year
上周
last month
think
about
how about/what about
吃早餐
Summary
Countable nouns:
hamburgers, eggs, oranges, bananas, apples, pears, carrots, vegetables, tomatoes, strawberries
Uncountable nouns:
milk, bread, rice
Countable and uncountable nouns:
food, fruit, ice-cream, chicken, salad
中考链接
— It's nearly lunch time. How about
having some noodles and dumplings?
—________________.
A.You're welcome
B. That’s all right
C. That's nice of you
D. That sounds good
没关系。
不客气。
听起来不错。
由上句“吃点面条和饺子怎么样?”可知这是建议。
你真是太好了。
Homework
Remember the words and phrases.
2.Make a conversation with your partner about your favorite fruit and vegetable.
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
Learn the plural forms of some fruit and vegetables.
Learn the sentence patterns:
Do you/they like...? Yes, I/they do.
No, I/they don't.
Does she/he like...? Yes,...
/
No,...
Language Goals
Learn to tell the healthy food and unhealthy food, so that you can eat healthily.
Emotional Goal
Do you like pear
s
?
Yes, I do. Yes, I do. I like pear
s
.
Do I like banana
s
?
No, you don’t. No, you don’t.
You don’t like banana
s
.
Milk, milk. He like
s
milk.
Salad, salad. She doesn’t like salad.
Review
I like .
I don’t like .
They like .
They don’t like .
tomato
es
salad
strawberr
ies
milk
He
He
hamburger
s.
like
s
doesn’t
like
bread.
She
She
ice cream
.
bananas
.
like
s
doesn’t
like
Do you like salad?
Yes,
I do
.
No,
I don’t
.
Do they like salad?
Yes,
they do
.
No,
they don’t
.
Does he like ice-cream?
Yes,
he does
.
No,
he doesn’t
.
Does she like hamburgers?
Yes,
she does
.
No,
she doesn’t
.
Grammar focus
1. ______ you like salad? ______________.
你喜欢沙拉吗? 是的,我喜欢。
2. ________ he like oranges? _____________. He likes apples.
他喜欢桔子吗? 不,他不喜欢。他喜欢苹果。
3. ________ she like strawberries? _____________.
她喜欢草莓吗? 是的,她喜欢。
4._________ they like chicken? ____________. They like beef.
他们
/
她们喜欢鸡肉吗? 不,他们
/
她们不喜欢鸡肉
。
他
们
/
她们喜欢牛肉。
Do
No, they don't
Do
Yes, she does
Does
No, he doesn't
Yes, I do
Does
可数名词和不可数名词
可数名词
(
1
)
(
2
)
(
3
)
(
4
)
定义:是
可以
计数的名词。
可数名词前
可以
用
a , an
限定,表一个。
可数名词前
可以
用
one, two, three …
等数词限定。
可数名词
有复数形式
。
名词特点
词尾加法
词尾读音方法
例词
一般情况下
可数名词复数形式的构成
1
加
-s
1. -s
在清辅音后读
[s]
2. -s
在浊辅音后读
[z]
3. -s
在元音后读
[z]
4.
以音素
[ s , z ,
ʒ]
]
结尾的,读
[iz]
desk
s
apple
s
tree
s
orange
s
以
-s, -x, -sh, -ch
结尾的
加
-es
-es
读
[iz]
box
es
watch
es
以
f
或
fe
结尾的
改
f
或
fe
为
v
再加
-es
-ves
读
[vz]
kni
ves
wi
ves
可数名词复数形式的构成
2
名词特点
词尾加法
词尾读音方法
例词
改
y
为
i
再加
-es
-ies
读
[iz]
famil
ies
dictionar
ies
以元音
字母
加
y
结尾的
加
-s
-s
读
[z]
boy
s
key
s
以
o
结尾的
有生命的事物加
-es
-es
读
[z]
tomato
es
potato
es
以
辅音
字母加
y
结尾的
无生命的事物加
-s
-s
读
[z]
photo
s
radio
s
可数名词和不可数名词
不可数名词
(
1
)
(
2
)
(
3
)
(
4
)
定义:是指表示
不能
计数的事物的名词。
不可数名词前
不可以
用
a , an
限定。
不可数名词前
不可以
用
one, two , three…
限定
。
不可数名词
没有
复数形式。
可数名词和不可数名词
既可数又不可数的名词
定义:在某些情况下
能
计数,在某些情况下
不能
计数的名词。
e.g. (1)a chicken
一只鸡
chicken
鸡肉
(2)an ice cream
一个冰淇淋
ice cream
冰淇淋(指成份)
(3)a salad
一碟沙拉
salad
沙拉(指成份)
Underline
the correct words in the brackets.
I like fruit, but I (don’t/ doesn’t ) like vegetables.
She (like/ likes) bread, but she (doesn’t/ don’t) like salad.
He (like/ likes) bananas, but he (don’t/ doesn’t) like oranges.
3a
4. We (likes/ like) hamburgers, but we don’t (like/ likes) chicken.
5. They (likes/ like) pears, but they (don’t/ doesn’t) like strawberries.
A:
Does
he
like
…?
B: Yes, he
does
. He like
s
…/
No
, he
doesn’t
. He
doesn’t
like
…
Talk with your partner
A:
Does
she like…?
B: Yes, she
does
. She
like
s
…
/ No, she
doesn’t
. She
doesn’t
like…
A:
Do
they like …?
B: Yes, they
do
. They
like …
No
, they
don’t
. They
don’t
like …
A:
Does
she
like
…?
B: Yes, she
does
. She
like
s
… /
No, she
doesn’t
. She
doesn’t like
…
Make conversations according to the pictures.
B: Yes, he
does
. He like
s
…/
No, he
doesn’t
. He
doesn’t
like
…
A:
Does
he
like
…?
Number
these sentences [1-4] to make a conversation.
( ) So, let’s get salad. ( ) Yes, I do.
( ) Do you like salad? ( ) OK.
1
2
3
4
3b
A: Do you like bread?
B: Yes, I do.
A: So, let’s get bread.
B: OK.
Practice the conversation above and make your own conversations.
Group work
A: Do you like …?
B: Yes, I do.
A: So, let’s get …
B: OK.
food
person
-Does she/he like …?
-Yes, she/he does. She / He likes ….
No, she / he doesn’t. She / He doesn’t like…
Unhealthy
food
Healthy food
Talk in your group, and say the healthy food and unhealthy food from the following words.
hamburgers, tomatoes, broccoli, orange, French fries, ice cream, salad, strawberries, banana, apples,
tomatoes, broccoli, orange,
salad, banana, strawberries
,
apples
,
hamburgers, French fries, ice cream
Different people like different food. How about your classmates? Interview at least three students about the food they like and dislike, and make a report.
Interview
name
like
dislike
Tom likes..., but he doesn't like...
food
likes
doesn’t
like
ice-cream
Liu Li
Zhao Jun
3c
Ask your classmates about the food in the chart. Find out what they like and don’t like.
Talk
about
likes
and
dislikes
.
●
Do
you
like
salad? Yes, I
do
./No, I
don’t
.
Do
they
like
French fries?
Yes, they
do
. / No, they
don’t
.
Does
he
like
strawberr
ies
?
Yes, he
does
. / No, he
doesn’t
.
● I
like
orange
s
. I
don’t like
banana
s
.
They
like
salad. They
don’t like
broccoli.
She
likes
ice cream.
She
doesn’t like
banana
s
.
I.
用所给单词的适当形式填空。
1. I like _________ (tomato) very much.
2. Nick _____ (like) hamburgers and salad.
3. Let’s ______ (think) about the birthday dinner.
4. Ms Smith has ten ____________ (strawberry).
tomatoes
likes
think
strawberries
Exercises
5. Burgers? That ________ (sound) good.
6. My brother __________ (not like) eggs.
7. His cousins ________ (not like) ice-cream.
sounds
doesn’t like
don’t like
II.
根据
汉语提示写单词。
1. Do you like _________ (
蔬菜
) ?
2. We always have ______ (
晚饭
) at 6:00.
3. My dad has a __________ (
生日
) party next week.
4. Does your sister like _______ (
鸡肉
)?
5. _______ (
鸡蛋
) and milk are good for you.
6. Lily has _______ (
米饭
) and _______ (
胡萝卜
) every day.
vegetables
supper
birthday
chicken
Eggs
rice carrots
III.
单项选择。
1. Wu Ling likes pears but she ___ bananas.
A. likes B. don’t like C. doesn’t like
2. — _____ your brothers like hamburgers?
— Yes, ______.
A. Do; they do B. Does; he does C. Are; they are
C
A
1. We have some fruit after dinner.
(
改为由
let
开头的祈使句
)
________ ________ some fruit after dinner.
2. Paul likes milk. He doesn’t like bread.
(
合为一句
)
Paul likes milk, ________ he doesn’t like bread.
Let’s have
but
Ⅳ.
按要求改写句子。
3. My best friend likes grapes.
(
改为否定句
)
4. Uncle Tom likes strawberry. Uncle Tom likes orange, too.
(
合为一句
)
My best friend doesn't like grapes.
Uncle Tom likes strawberry and orange.
— What
would you like to
eat
?
— Some _______, please
.
A.bread B.carrot
C.teas
中考链接
茶
胡萝卜
面包
上句问“你想吃什么?”,回答要食品。
bread
不可数,
carrot
是可数名词,要加
s
。
Summary
1.Write the plural form of these words:
orange, chicken, salad, ice-cream, watch, table, strawberry, grape, cake, photo, tomato, radio, hero.
2.List the food you like and dislike as many as possible, and compete with your classmates.
3.Say the healthy food you like and unhealthy food you like.
Talk
about your family’s favorite food and
write a short
passage
.
谈论
你家人最喜爱的食物
,
写一段小短文。
My name is … I like…, but I don’t like …
My father likes …, but he
doesn’t
like …
My mother like
s
…, but she
doesn’t
like …
Homework
Section B 1a-1e
To learn some words:
breakfast,lunch...
Learn to express what others like and don't like.
Language Goals
Talk about your breakfast, lunch and dinner, and develop a good eating habit.
Emotional Goal
Do you like apple
s
? Yes, I do.
Do you like banana
s
? No, I don’t.
Do you like hamburger
s
? Yes, I do.
Do you like orange
s
? No, I don’t
Do you like pear
s
? Yes, I do.
Do you like tomatoe
s
? No, I don’t.
Let’s
chant with claps (
打拍子
):
an egg
eggs
Review the Words
carrots
a carrot
chicken
['tʃ
ɪ
k
ɪ
n]
chickens
fruit
vegetable
s
['v
e
dʒt
ə
bls]
chicken
carrots
apples
eggs
fruit
vegetables
food
breakfast
lunch
dinner
7:00
a.m
12:10
a.m
6:30
p.m
Write the number of each word next to the
correct food.
4
3
7
9
6
8
10
2
5
orange 3. eggs 5. ice-cream 7. banana 9. rice
2. salad 4. apple 6. hamburger 8. chicken 10. carrots
1a
Fruits: pears, __________________________________________
Vegetables: carrots,__________
___________________________
How many others words can you add to
the lists.
apples, oranges,
bananas, strawberries, grapes…
tomatoes,
potatoes, onions…
1b
Talk in your group, and write as many fruit and vegetables as possible.
How many other words can you add to the list?
fruit:
pear,
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
grape, watermelon, lemon, peach, cherry, pineapple, mango, litchi...
vegetables:
carrot,
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
potato, tomato, cabbage, cucumber, onion, aubergine, raddish, mooli, spinach...
orange
salad
eggs
apple
ice-cream
hamburger
banana
chicken
rice
carrots
Listen and circle the food you hear in 1a .
1c
Listen again. Fill in the chart.
Likes
Doesn’t like
Tom
Sally
carrots
salad, bananas,
oranges, apples,
ice-cream
Vegetables
(including salad)
apples
Vegetables
(except for salad)
1d
Ask and answer questions about what
Sally and Tom like and don’t like.
1e
Does Tom like carrots?
Yes, he does.
Role-play
Join in a group, and make conversations
about what Sally and Tom like and don't
like.
A: Do you like….?
B: Yes, I do. I like…
B: No, I don’t. I don’t like…
Pair work
Fruits and vegetables are
good for our health
水果和蔬菜有益于
我们的健康
Let's have them.
Ⅰ.
按要求写出下列单词。
1. watch(
复数
) ________
2. carrot(
复数
) ________
3. sound(
第三人称单数
) _________
4. orange(
复数
) ________
5. I(
宾格
) ________
watches
carrots
sounds
me
oranges
Exercises
7. We have __________(
蔬菜
) for dinner every day.
8. We have _________(
许多
) clubs.
9. Mike doesn’t like _________(
西红杮
).
10. —Let’s eat ice-cream.
—That __________(
听起来
)good.
11. I like ____________(
草莓
)very much.
vegetables
many
tomatoes
strawberries
sounds
( )1. Do you like French fries?( )2. Does she like carrots?( )3. Does she like broccoli?( )4. Do you like ice-cream?( )5. What do they have for dinner?
A. No, she doesn’t. She likes carrots.B. They have chicken, French fries and carrots.C. Yes, I do.D. No, I don’t. I like ice-cream.E. Yes, she does.
A
B
C
E
D
II.
将正确的序号写在括号里。
1. Let’s ________ the football match.
A. going and watch
B. go to watch
C. go and watching D. go and to watch
2. Where ______ your brother usually
___
lunch?
A. do; have
B. are; having
C. does; have
D. is; having
III.
单项选择。
B
C
3. We need some ________ every day.
A. vegetable
B. meats
C. milks
D. healthy food
4.
—______
Song Yang like broccoli?
—Sorry
, I ________ know.
A. Does, do
B. Do, doesn’t
C. Does, don't
D. Does, don’t
D
D
5. —What kind of fruit do you like?
—Well, I like ________.
A. the strawberries
B. strawberry
C. strawberries
D. the strawberrys
6. _________ like chicken.
A. He and I
B. I and he
C. He and me
D. I and him
C
A
Ⅳ
.
句型
转换。
Lucy
and her sister like ice-cream.
(
改一般疑问句
)
2.
Better’s
friends have some cups. (
改否定句
)
Do Lucy and her sister like ice-cream?
Better’s friends don’t have any cups.
3. My cousin has hamburgers for lunch.
(
改一般疑问句
)
4. My good friend likes
apples and oranges
.
(
对画线部分提问
)
5.
His family
like vegetables very much.
(
对画线部分提问
)
Does your cousin have hamburgers for lunch?
What does your good friend like?
Who likes vegetables very much?
Complete the article.
Hi, I'm _____. There are ___ people in my family: my
____________ and I. My ____ likes eating ________,
but he doesn't like ___________. My _____ likes
eating _________, but she doesn't like ________. ____
_____________________________________________
_______________________________________.
Summary
Write
a small article to tell us what
you have
for breakfast, lunch and
dinner.
2. Prepare for the next lesson.
Homework
Section B 2a-2c
Learn the words and phrases:
healthy, unhealthy, what about...,
like...for...
Be able to read the article and find out the main idea and details.
Language Goals
Develop good eating habits.
Help your parents prepare meals for your family.
Emotional Goals
What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper?
I like … for breakfast.
Discussion
What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper?
I like … for lunch.
What do you like for breakfast, lunch and supper?
I like … for supper.
Food
Yes
Maybe
No
fruit
vegetable
eggs
chicken
hamburgers
ice-cream
Which food do you think is healthy.
Check (
√
) Yes, Maybe or No.
√
√
√
√
√
√
2a
Write healthy food and unhealthy food in your life.
healthy food:
_____________________________________
unhealthy food:
_____________________________________
milk, apple, carrot, tomato, potato, orange...
hamburger, ice-cream, French fries...
Job:
volleyballer
Name:
Cindy Smith
She eats lots of healthy food.
volleyball
star
Read the magazine article and circle
the food words.
2b
What's the article about?
It's about volleyballer Cindy Smith's eating habits.
Write down the healthy food and unhealthy food in the article.
healthy food:
_____________________________________
unhealthy food:
_____________________________________
fruit, bananas, orangers, apples, salad, chicken
hamburges, ice-cream
sports star
eat well
ask...about...
like...for breakfast
be healthy
what about
one last question
Can you guess their meaning?
体育明星
吃得好
向某人询问
......
早餐喜欢吃
......
是健康的
......
怎么样?
最后一个问题
Write five sentences about Cindy’s eating
habits.
Cindy likes healthy food.
1. Cindy
2. She
3. She
4. Cindy doesn’t
5. She doesn’t
likes oranges and apples.
really likes salad.
likes fruit for breakfast.
like hamburgers for dinner.
like bananas.
2c
You are David, and your partner is Cindy.
Role-play the conversation. Then perform the
conversation in front of your classmates.
Language points
1. some
和
many
的区别
(1) some
意思是 “一些”
,
可以修饰可数名词
,
也可以
修饰不可数名词。
e.g.
some friends
一些朋友
some water
一些水
(2) many
后加可
数名词复数
,
意思是 “许多”。不可数名词
要用
much
修饰。
e.g. many bananas
许多香蕉
much milk
许多牛奶
2. volleyball
排球
volleyballer
排球运动员
后缀
-er
一般用来表示人。
e.g. work (
工作
) --- worker(
工人
)
sing(
唱歌
) --- singer(
歌手
)
teach (
教
) --- teacher(
教师
)
run
(
跑
)
---runner
(跑步的人)
3. I like chicken
for dinner.
晚餐我喜欢吃鸡肉。
for dinner
在句中作状语。
2)
have /has
也可以表示 “吃”或 “喝”。
英语中人们习惯用
have
来表示吃早、中、晚饭。
而不用
eat
来表示
,
且三餐前不加定冠词
the
。
e.g. Let’s have lunch.
我们吃午饭吧。
Let’s have some salad.
让我们吃些沙拉吧。
4.
I don’t
want to
be
fat.
我不想变胖。
want
的用法
:
want sth.
想要某物
want to do sth.
想要做某事
want sb. to do sth.
想要某人做某事
e.g. I want some water. I want to eat an apple. He wants his mother to have a rest.
do
表示
动词原形
1. He likes eggs and bananas ___ dinner.
2. Her _______ habit is not good.
3. In the
red
bag, I
s
aw
five
________
.
4. Mike
____
three pencils and
two pens.
5. Anna
doesn’t want _______
fat.
for, be, eat, have, tomato
I.
从方框中选择单词,并用其正确形式填空。
for
eating
tomatoes
has
to be
Exercises
1.
我喜欢橙子和梨
,你呢
?
I like oranges and pears. _____ _____ you?
2.
你晚饭吃什么?
What do you have ___ _____
_
?
3.
我们有相同的饮食习惯。
We have the same ______ _____.
4.
胡萝卜是健康食品。
Carrots are _______ _____.
5.
你妈妈喜欢什么水果?
______ _____ does your mother like?
What about
for dinner
eating habit
healthy food
What fruit
II.
根据汉语提示完成句子,每空一词
。
III.
根据提示词完成对话。
1. A: _______________________
___
?
(Mrs. Green, oranges)
B: Yes, she does.
2. A:
__________________________!
(let’s,
strawberries)
B: Sounds good.
Does Mrs. Green like oranges
Let’s have some strawberries
3. A: _______________________? (for lunch)
B: I like chicken and rice.
4. A: Do your parents like fruit salad?
B: ___________. (yes)
5. A: Does your brother like ice-cream?
B: _____________. (no)
What do you like for lunch
No, he doesn’t
Yes, they do
IV.
将下列句子按照正确的顺序,排列组成一段通顺的对话。
A. What about dinner?
B. Do you have breakfast every day?
C. I usually have some fruit like apples and
bananas.
They are healthy food.
D. Oh,
what do
you
have for
lunch?
E. Yes, I do. I eat hamburgers and milk.
F.
Yes, you are right.
G. For lunch, I eat chicken and rice.
They a
re
d
elicious
(美味的).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V.
汉译英。
1.
她晚餐吃鸡肉、西红柿、炸薯条,还
有甜点冰淇淋。
For dinner, she has chicken, tomatoes, French fries, and for dessert, ice cream.
2.
汤姆吃很多健康食物,早餐他喜欢吃
鸡蛋,桔子还有香蕉。
Tom eats lots of healthy food. For breakfast, he likes to have eggs, oranges and bananas.
— What do you think of working as a doctor?
— It 's a good job to help people keep ______.
A. busy B. strict
C. healthy D. generous
中考链接
慷慨的
健康的
忙碌的
医生的职业是帮助人们保持身体健康。
严厉的
Summary
Translate the phrases:
eat well, what about..., like...for supper.
最后一个问题,体育明星
List the healthy food and unhealthy food you usually eat.
Homework
Review the words and phrases we
learned today.
2.Design breakfast, lunch and supper
for your family.
Section B 3a-Self Check
Review the plural forms of some countable nouns.
Learn to ask others about what they like and they don't like.
Learn to use the word “but”.
Language Goals
To know your parents, raletives and friends better, and to know the things they like and don't like.
Emotional Goal
orange
s
broccoli
She likes… but she doesn’t like…
strawberr
ies
salad
She likes… but she doesn’t like…
French frie
s
tomato
es
She likes… but she doesn’t like…
ice cream
hamburger
s
She likes… but she doesn’t like…
chicken
pear
s
She likes… but she doesn’t like…
Complete
the survey.
—Do
you like eggs for breakfast?
—No
, I don’t. I like oranges.
Breakfast
Lunch
Dinner
I like
I don’t like
My partner likes
My partner doesn’t like
3a
Write about what you and your partner like
and don’t like for breakfast, lunch and dinner.
For breakfast, I like________, but I
don’t
like
_____________________________
For lunch, _______________________
And for dinner,
___________________
For breakfast, ________likes________
For lunch
,________________________
And for dinner
,____________________
3b
1 Do you know the plurals of these words?
Put
them in the correct columns.
hamburger
tomato
carrot
photo
banana
strawberry
hat
table
dictionary
egg
apple
pear
radio
vegetable
family
pencil
key
volleyball
Self Check
+ s
+ es
y i + es
+ s
+ es
y i + es
hamburger
photo hat egg radio
pencil banana
table apple
vegetable key
carrot pear volleyball
tomato
family
strawberry
dictionary
2. What food, sports and colors do you
like
and dislike?
I like
I don’t like
basketball,
soccer ball,
volleyball,
tennis ball,
baseball,
ping-pong ball
swim…
white
, black, red
,
orange
, yellow,
green
, blue,
pink, purple,
brown
…
apple, orange,
pear, strawberry,
banana, chicken,
salad, milk, carrot,
hamburger,
watermelon, bread,
tomato…
f
ood
colors
sports
3.
What food, sports and colors do your
parents
like and dislike? Write at least
five
sentences.
My mother / father likes apples/swimming/red…
2. My mother / father doesn’t like pears / basketball / purple…
3. My mother / father likes apples/swimming/red… , but she / he doesn’t like…
4. My parents like strawberries/ watching TV / green…
Ask
your classmates what they like to eat for lunch.
Find someone who likes to eat the same lunch as you
.
Name
Food
l_ke ____ ha_e ____
_at ____ s_ar ____
d_nner ____ r__n ___
l___ch ____ _ood ____
v
t
e
i
u
明星
有
喜欢
跑
食物
吃
晚饭
午饭
f
un
i
Complete the words and tell us the
Chinese meaning of each word.
carrot
tomato
pear
apple
Match the words with the pictures.
1.
当主语是第一、二人称单复数和第三
人称复数
时
,
肯定
句
的
谓语由动词原形充当
。
否定
句
的谓语为
don’t+
动词原形。
一般
疑问句
句首用
Do,
句中的谓语用
动词
原形。
e.g.
I like
tomatoes.
I don’t like
hamburgers.
Do you like
tomatoes?
Simple present tense—like
Language points
2.
在一般现在时中
,
当主语是第三
人称单数
时
,
其
肯定
句
的谓语由动词
原形
+
s(es)
构成
。
否定
句
的谓语由
doesn’t+
动词原形构成
。
一般
疑问句
句
首
用
does
,
句中的谓语用动词原形充当。
e.g.
She
likes
apples.
She doesn’t like
chicken.
Does she like
apples?
肯定句
I/you/we/they like French fries.
He/she likes ice-cream.
否定句
I /you/we/they don’t like tomatoes.
He/she doesn’t like French fries.
动词
“
like
”
的肯定句、否定句的用法
一般疑问句的肯定
/
否定回答
—Do
you like hamburgers?
—Yes
, I do. / No, I don’t.
—Does
he/she like broccoli?
—Yes
, he/she does.
/No, he/she doesn’t.
Practice the conversation with
your partner.
A: Do you like oranges?
B
: No, I don’t.
A: Do you like bananas?
B
: Yes, I do.
1. banana
2. hamburger
3. tomato
4. broccoli
5. French fries
6. orange
7. ice-cream
8. salad
9. strawberry
草莓 香蕉
汉堡包
番茄
;
西红柿
花椰菜
薯条
冰淇淋 橘子
沙拉
I.
连
线。
Exercises
10. chicken
11. fruit
12. vegetable
13. breakfast
14.runner 15. a lot of
16. healthy
17. dessert
18. list
很多
鸡肉
水果
蔬菜
早餐
赛跑的人
健康的
甜点心
目录
II.
单项
选择。
1. ____ he like salad?
A. Is B. Do C. Does D. Are
2. Do you like broccoli? No, ______
A. I do.
B
. I doesn’t.
C
. I does.
D. I don’t
3. Do you have some _____?
A. oranges B. tomatos
C. hamburger D. banana
4. Let’s _____ ice-cream.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. eats
C
D
A
A
Ⅲ.
完
成句子。
1. I have _________(
大量
,
许多
) books in my home.
2. My family have _______________ (
健康食品
)
for meals.
3. They do sports _____________(
每天
).
4. My sister Kate likes bananas, apples __________
(
早饭
).
5. Those carrots are _________(
汤姆的
).
many
healthy food
f
or breakfast
Every day
Tom’s
6. Lucy ________(like) tomatoes very much.
7. _______ he _________(have) hamburgers
for breakfast?
8. What ______ you often ______ (do) after supper?
9. They ___________(not have) many CDs, but
they _______(have) a lot of video cassettes.
10. Let’s _______(play) computer games.
likes
Does
have
do
do
don’t have
have
play
IV.
句型
转换。
1. His brother has lunch at home. (
否定句
)
His brother ______________ lunch at home.
2. He likes ice-cream very much. (
一般疑问句
)
______ he _______ ice-cream very much?
3. She has lunch
at school
.
(
画
线
提问
)
___________ she ________ lunch?
4. I have
a pen and a pencil
.
(
画
线
提问
)
__________ you have ?
doesn’t have
Does
like
Where does
have
What do
5. Kate likes her new hat. (
一般疑问句
)
_______ Kate _______ her new hat?
6. Do they like salad for dinner? (
肯否定回答
)
Yes, ___________. No, _____________.
7.
他喜欢蔬菜吗
?
是的
,
他喜欢。
--______ he _______ vegetables?
--Yes,
___________.
Does like
they do
they don’t.
Does like
he does
8. She has two eggs for breakfast.(
一般疑问句
)
______ she ______ two eggs for breakfast?
9. This is a hamburger.(
复数
)
These ___________________.
10. We have
chicken and eggs
for dinner.
(
画线
提问
)
________ you have for dinner?
Does have
are
hamburgers
What do
Summary
How many words and phrases can you
remember in this unit? Have a competition
with your classmates.
2. What did your have for breakfast, lunch
and supper
yesterday? What about your
parents
?
Homework
Review all the words and phrases in Unit5.
2. Write a small article to describe the eating
habits of your family.
3. Prepare for the test of Unit
6.
unit 7
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
How much are there socks?
Section A 1a-1c
To
learn to ask about prices.
To learn to talk about clothing.
To learn new words:
much, sock, T-shirt, shorts, sweater, trousers, shoe, skirt, dollar…
Language Goals
Learn to choose your own clothes, and ask their price.
Emotional Goal
Let’s go shopping!
clothes store
Warming-up
clothes
T-shirt
trouser
s
short
s
shoe
s
sweater
skirt
hat
sock
s
jacket
sweater
T-shirt
shorts
shoes
trousers
skirt
socks
hat
What's this?
1. socks _____
2. T-shirt
_____
3. shorts
_____
4. sweater
_____
5
. bag
_____
6. hat
_____
7
. trousers _____
8. shoes
_____
9
. jacket
_____
10
. skirts
_____
i
d
a
c
f
g
j
b
h
Match the words with the things in the picture.
e
1a
j
i
h
g
f
e
d
c
b
a
1
dollar
5 dollar
s
20 dollar
s
5
yuan
(
¥
5
)
¥
=
yuan
$
=
dollar
100
yuan
(
¥
100
)
10
yuan
(
¥
10
)
This is my favorite skirt.It’s 80
yuan
.
These are my favorite shoes.They’re 100
yuan
.
Introduce your clothes
Talk about clothes with your partner according to the samples.
What's this?
This is a shirt.
How to spell it?
S-H-I-R-T.
What are these?
These are shoes.
How to spell it?
S-H-O-E-S.
bag
shirt
T-shirt
trouser
s
shoe
s
short
s
sweater
sock
s
$22
$12
$11
$20
$14
$18
$6
Ask and answer
$16
—
How much
is this...?
— It’s...
dollar
s
.
—
How much
are these...?
— They’re...
dollar
s
.
Listen and circle the things you hear in the picture in 1a.
1b
j
i
h
g
f
e
d
c
b
a
Listen again and complete the conversation.
Girl: How much is the ________?
Woman: It's _____________.
Girl: And how much are ______________?
Woman: Oh, they're _____________.
Girl: And _____________? How much is it?
Woman: Let's see. It's ____________.
hat
six
dollars
these shorts
eight dollars
this sweater
nine dollars
$ 10
dollar
A: How much
is
the sweater?
B: It’s ten dollar
s
.
$ 12
$ 6
$ 7
Practice the conversation with your partner.
Then make your own conversations.
1c
$ 14
A: How much
are
these trouser
s
?
B: They’re fourteen dollar
s
.
$ 8
$ 4
$ 11
— How much is this…?
— It’s…dollars.
$ 4
— It’s $ 3.
— It’s $ 7.
—
Please down.
— It’s $ 4.
—
You are great.
—
Please up.
You only have 3 guesses.
($2-$8)
Guess the price
($20-$25)
($15-$20)
($10- $15)
— How much is this…?
— It’s… dollars.
$ 18
— How much are these…?
— They’re…dollars
.
$ 23
$ 2
$ 14
($1-$5)
$ 11
($7-$12)
— How much is this / are these…?
— It’s / They’re… dollars.
Give a suitable price (Pair work)
— Oh, it’s / they’re very cheap/too dear.
S1: Look, this is my sweater.
S2: How much is your sweater?
S1: It’s 100
yuan
.
S1: Look, these are my trousers.
S2: How much are your trousers?
S1: They’re 200
yuan
.
Show your clothes.
I.
补
全单词及词义。
1.m__ch ________ 5.T-sh___t ______
2.sw____ter _______ 6.ja___t _______
3.sh____ts _______ 7.h__t ______
4.s____ks ______ 8.tr___sers ______
Exercises
u
ck
ir
oc
ir
ea
ou
a
多少,大量
毛衣
衬衫
裤子
袜子
T
恤
夹克
帽子
II
.
用
is
或
are
补全句子。
— How much ___ this yellow skirt?
— It ___ seven dollars.
— How much ____ these black pants?
— They ____ ten dollars.
is
is
are
are
.
翻译句子。
1. —
那顶帽子多少钱?
—
九美元。
2. —
这些袜子多少钱?
—
十美元。
—
How much is that hat?
—
It’s nine dollars.
—
How much are these socks?
—
They’re ten dollars.
Ⅲ
Summary
1. Tell the meaning of the words:
sweater, shorts, T-shirt, shirt, pants, socks,
shoes, skirt
2.Ask the seller about the price of these things:
1.What do your family members wear today? Write down the clothes.
My father wears...My mother wears...
2.Practice the conversations in the class.
Homework
Section A 2a-2e
To
learn the words of colors.
To learn the following sentences:
It's a ...hat.
What color is it? It's...
How much is it/are these? It's/These are...
Language Goals
Learn to talk with the shop keepers,
and choose your favourite clothes.
Emotional Goal
Listen and repeat.
big
small
short
long
2a
green
blue
brown
black
orange
red
white
purple
yellow
COLORS
yellow
green
blue
white
red
What are the colors?
Do you know the
colors
of the rainbow?
Have you seen the rainbow?
red, green,
indigo(
靛蓝色
)
orange, yellow
blue, purple(
紫色
)
blue
蓝
grey
灰,
white
白的像雪堆;
yellow
黄
green
绿,
red
红的似血迹;
orange
橙
purple
紫,
black
黑的如墨汁;
brown
意为棕褐色,
color
颜色记仔细。
颜色词记忆口诀
big
small
It’s a big red hat.
It’s a small yellow hat.
long short small big
冠词
+
大小
+
颜色
+
中心名词
big
small
Tell the things according to the sample above.
It's a small green ball.
It's a big blue ball.
short
long
It's a long orange pencil.
It's a short brown pencil.
Skirt, skirt, a short
skirt.
Sweater, sweater, a short
sweater.
Trousers, trousers, long trousers.
Let's chant
Shorts, shorts, short shorts.
Socks, socks, small
socks.
Shoes, shoes, big
shoes.
yellow
green
black
blue
red
grey
Listen to the conversations and circle the things
you hear.
2b
Listen again. Fill in the price tags
.
$6
$8
$5
$7
$9
$2
2c
Listen and fill in blanks.
—I like ____ ________ hats. Do you have one?
—Yes, I have this one here.
How much is it?
—It's ______ dollars.
—How much are those _____ _______?
—They're _____ dollars.
big purple
five
red shorts
six
Ask and answer questions about the things in 2b.
A: I like these shorts.
How much are they?
B: They’re six dollars.
2d
You want to buy clothes, and your partner plays
the seller. Make a conversation.
Role-play
Small tip:
When you buy clothes,you should ask the size, color and price.
Role-play the conversation.
Woman: Can I help you?
Mary: Yes, please. I need a sweater for school.
Woman: OK. What color do you want?
Mary: Blue.
Woman: How about this one?
Mary: It looks nice. How
much is it?
2e
Woman: Nine dollars.
Mary: I’ll take it. How much are those
yellow socks?
Woman: Two dollars for one pair and three
dollars for two pairs.
Mary: Great! I’ll take two pairs.
Woman: Here you are.
Mary: Thank you.
Woman: You’re welcome.
Practice the conversation,
role-play it and perform in
front of your classmates.
Can I help you?
I need… / I want…
What color do you want?
Here you are.
Useful shopping expressions
How much…?
It is / They are…
Thank you.
You’re welcome.
提供帮助的表达法:
Can I help you?
回答时直接说要买什么东西:
I need / want
a red hat
.
I want to buy
a red hat
.
决定买时说:
I’ll
take
/ buy / get it.
I’ll = I will
What can I do for you?
Is there anything I can do for you?
1) Here you are.
2) Thanks
a lot.
3) You are welcome.
4) How much is it?
What’s the price of it?
Here it is
.
It is here.
Thank you
very much.
That’s all right.
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
That’s OK.
Not at all.
It’s my pleasure.
1. I
need
a sweater
for
school.
我需要一件毛衣上学穿。
介词
“for”
表示目的,译为
“
为
……
;去做
……”
;
need…for…
表示“需要……去做……
”
。
例句:
What do you want for your birthday party?
We need some fruit for the salad.
Language points
2. It
looks
nice.
它看起来很漂亮。
这句话
的结构
与
That sounds good.
属于同一类型,
look
表示“
看起来;看上去
”,后面接形容词。
例句:
That teacher looks old.
那位老师看上去年长。
This pair of shoes looks nice on you.
这双鞋穿在你脚上很好看。
1
)在此句中,介词
for
用来表示物品的价格,用法为:
价格
+for+
具体物品
例句:
It’s 30
yuan
for this bag.
这个包三十元。
How much is it for the two?
(买)两个多少钱?
3. Two dollars
for
one
pair
and three dollars
for
two
pairs
.
两美元一双,三美元两双。
2
)
pair
表示“
双;对;套;副
”,通常
与介词
of
搭配
,
表示裤子、鞋袜、手套、眼镜等由两个部分组成的
物品的量。
例句:
a pair of trousers/shorts
一条长裤
/
短裤
two pairs of soccer shoes/socks
两双足球鞋
/
袜
many pairs of glasses
许多副眼镜
4. —
Can I help you?
您想买什么吗?
— Yes, please. I need a sweater for school.
是的。我想买一件毛衣上学穿。
Can I help you?
是服务用语
,
在不同的场合意义不同:
1) — Can I help you?
您想吃点什么吗
? (
在餐馆
)
— Yes, please. I want a banana pie.
是的。我要个香蕉派。
2) — Can I help you?
您想借什么书吗?
(
在图书馆
)
— Yes, please. I need an English dictionary.
是的。我想借一本英语词典。
3) — Can I help you?
您想买什么吗
? (
在商场
)
— Yes. I want to buy a bag.
是的。我想买个包。
【
链接
】
句子
What can I do for you?
和
Can I help you?
同义
,
有时可以互换。
No, thanks. Just have a look.
ANSWERS:
Yes, please. I need / want …
5. — The shirt is at a good price for only 20 dollars.
— OK. ___________ (
我买它了
).
I’ll take it
【
点拨
】
I’ll take it
是购物时的常用语。
当顾客选定
商品,决定购买时,就可以用这句话表示“
我要
买下了
”。
6
. — Excuse me. Is this your dictionary?
— Yes, it is.
—
____________
.
A. Thank you B. Here you are
C. Here they are
【点拨】
Here you are
是我们把对方所要的东西递给对方时的常用语,意为
“
给你
”。
该表达为
倒
装语序
,即“
Here+
主语
(
代词
)+
谓语
”。
Here you are
6.
我买下了
___________
7.
看起来真漂亮
__________
8.
那听起来不错:
_________________
1.
怎么样
__________
2.
多少钱
__________
3.
一副眼镜
______________
4.
两条裤子
__________________
5.
给你
_____________
Ⅰ
.
翻译下列短语或句子。
how about
how much
a pair of glasses
two pairs of trousers
Here you are.
I’ll take/get it.
It looks nice.
That sounds good.
Exercises
The jacket is too small for me. Please give me a
_____ one.
2. — Jane, do you _____ a new schoolbag for school?
— Yes, I do.
Ⅱ.
用方框中单词的适当形式填空,补全句子。
woman, big, take, need, pair
bigger
need
3. — Who is the ______ in red?
— Oh, she is our English teacher.
4. — The sweater is very nice on you. And it’s only 88
yuan
.
— OK. I’ll ____ it.
5. I want to buy these two ____ of trousers. They look very nice.
woman, big, take, need, pair
woman
take
pairs
中考链接
―What does your cousin look like?
Is he tall or_____?
—He is tall. And he is strong.
short B. thin
C. long D. small
小的
瘦的
短的;矮的
长的
由回答“他很高”可知上句是选择疑问句,问高或矮。
A: Can I help you?
您要点什么吗?
B: Yes, please.
是的。
A: How much (is /are...)?
多少钱?
B: It is $ 3.
它是三美元。
A: I’ll take / buy / get it.
我买下了。
B: Here you are.
给您。
Summary
1. Make a survey about your parents’ clothes and their prices.2. Read 2e and role-play the conversation.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
Review the colors and review how to
ask prices
.
Language Goal
Be able to dress up and choose your own clothes.
Be able to buy things.
Emotional Goals
$
7
$
9
A:
How much
is this _______?
B:
It’s
_____________.
Look and say
A:
How much
is the _______?
B:
It’s
_____________.
T-shirt
seven dollars
sweater
nine dollars
Review
$
5
$
8
A: _________ is the _____?
B: _______________.
How much
shirt
It’s
eight dollars
A: ____________________?
B: _______________.
How much
is the
skirt
It’s
five dollars
$
4
$
6
A:
How much
________
trousers
?
B: ________
six dollars
.
are these
They’re
A:
How much
______________?
B: ____________________.
are these shorts
They’re
four dollars
$
10
$
2
A:
How much
_____________?
B: ___________________.
are the
socks
They’re
two dollars
A: _______________________?
B: ___________________.
How much
are these
shoes
They’re
ten dollars
What color is it?
It's...
black
orange
red
white
yellow
What color are these?
They're...
blue
red
white
What color is it?
It's...
It's black and white.
Talk about the color
s
of these things with your partner.
What colors are your clothes?
How much are they?
How much is the hat?
It’s five dollars.
How much is this T-shirt?
It’s seven dollars.
How much is that brown sweater?
It’s eight dollars.
How much are these socks?
They’re two dollars.
How much are those black trousers?
They’re nine dollars.
Grammar Focus
Grammer
Focus
1.
___________
is this dress? It's
______________.
这件裙子多少钱? 它
20
美元。
2.
__________
is that hat? It's _____________.
那个帽子多少钱? 它
5
美元。
3. How much ___________ socks?
___________ eight yuan.
这些短袜多少钱? 它们
8
元。
4. How much ___________ shoes?
_________
50 yuan.
那些鞋子多少钱? 它们
50
元。
How much
They're
are thoes
They're
are these
five dollars
twenty dollars
How much
Make sentences in the chart with the
words in the three boxes.
How much is…?
How much are…?
the yellow
T-shirt
the this
that
these
those
yellow green
purple blue
brown red
white black
T-shirt hat
trousers skirt
sweater socks
jacket bag
3a
Look at the pictures and write the questions
and
answers.
1. How
much is the hat
?
2
. How much is the bag?
3. How much is the T-shirt?
4.
They’re three dollars.
5.
It’s nine dollars.
6.
It’s eight dollars.
It’s five dollars.
It’s ten dollars.
It’s six dollars.
How much are the socks?
How much is the sweater?
How much is the skirt?
$5.00
$10.00
$6.00
$3.00
$9.00
$8.00
3b
B: How much are the socks?
A:
Umm,
they’re three dollars.
$5.00
$10.00
$6.00
$3.00
$9.00
$8.00
Student A, look at the pictures
in 3b for a minute and then close
your book. Student B, ask
questions.
3c
$ 12
$ 14
Quick eyes
$ 13
$ 5
$ 2
$ 3
$ 7
$ 6
$ 4
$ 9
$ 8
Best seller (group work)
I have only 30 dollars and I want to buy some clothes for a party. Can you offer me some
nice
clothes?
(
为自己的商店打广告
)
Please come to my shop. In my shop,
the sweater
is…
dollars.
The shoes
are… dollars.
Come and see for yourself.
We should buy the right things,
not the expensive ones.
(
只买对的
,
不买贵
的。
)
Please save
money. Don’t
waste
money.
(
节约
钱。不
浪费
钱。
)
How much
are these
socks
?
这双袜子多少钱?
例句:
How
much
is
that pen
?
那
支钢笔多少钱?
How
much
is
the broccoli
?
花
椰菜多少钱?
How
much
are
these tomatoes
?
这
些西红柿多少钱?
Language points
how
much
意为
“多少”
,
常用
于询问价格。如果询问
的
是可数名词
单数或不可数名词的价
格
,
后面的
be
动词形
式用
is
;
如果询问的
是可数名词复数的
价格
,
be
动词形式用
are
。
【
链接
】how much
也通常用来询问数量
,
后接不可数名词。
例句:
How much
water
is there in the bottle?
瓶子里有多少水?
How much
salad
is there in the bowl?
碗里有多少沙拉?
如修饰
可数名词
问数
量,则用
how many
。
例句
:
How
many
apples
are there in the bag?
袋
子里有多少苹果?
2)
socks, shoes, shorts, trousers
这类物品常常成对出
现
,
所以它们作主语时
,
和它们搭配的谓语动词用
复数形式。
例句:
Are those trousers Jim’s?
那是吉姆的裤子吗?
The shorts are 58 dollars.
这条短裤
58
美元。
【
链接
】
如果这类词前面有“
...
pair(s) of
(
……
条
/
双
)
”
修饰,
谓语动词就要根据
pair
的单复数形式发生相应的变化。
例句:
This pair of trousers is 98
yuan
.
这条裤子
98
元。
Two pairs of blue shoes are 200 dollars.
两双蓝鞋
200
美元。
Ⅰ
.
按要求写出下列词的适当形式。
1. short(
反义词
)
2. black(
对应词
)
3. this(
复数
)
4. shoe(
复数
)
5. small(
反义词
)
long
white
these
shoes
big
6. dollars(
单数
)
7. have
(
三单
) ______
8. those(
单数
)
______
9. does not(
缩写
)
______
10. isn’t (
复数
)
______
dollar
has
that
doesn’t
aren’t
Exercises
1.
— What
can I do for you?
—
______________.
A
. Yes, you can give a skirt to me
B
. I want a skirt
C
. No, I can do it myself
D
. I can do what I want
2. — How much ______ the skirt?
—
______
thirty
yuan
.
A
. is; It’s
B
. are; They’re
C
. is; They’re
D
. are
; It’s
II
.
单项选择。
B
A
3. The yellow shorts ______ 15
yuan
.
A. is on sale
B
. are on sale
C. are on sell for
D
. are on sale for
4. This hat is _____.
A. 10
yuan
’s
B
. 10 dollar
C. 10 dollars
D
. dollar 10
5. I think your trousers _____ very nice
.
A
. be
B
. is
C
. am
D
.
are
C
D
D
III
.
根据提示完成句子。
1. — Thank you
.
—
You’re
welcome. (
改为同义句
)
—
Thank
you
.
—
That’s
_________
.
2. The red sweater is only
30 dollars
. (
对画线部分提问
)
___________ is the red sweater?
all right
How much
3. I want
a pair of shoes
.
(
对画线部分提
问
)
_____ ___ you want?
4. He likes
yellow
.
(
对画线部分提问
)
_____ _____ _____ he like?
5. Those black bags are
30
yuan
.
(
对画线部分提问
)
_____ _____ _____ those black bags?
6. I can help you. (
一般疑问句
)
____ you help _____?
What do
What
color
does
How
much
are
Can
me
Ⅳ.
完成对话。
A: 1._____________ CK clothes store. Can I help you?
B: Yes, please. I want a shirt for my son.
A: 2._______________________?
B: Blue.
A: 3.______________________?
B: Let me have a look. 4.______________.
Do you have a small one?
What color does he like
What about this one
Oh! It’s too big
Welcome to
A: Yes.
______________________
.
B: How much is it?
A: It’s 60
yuan
.
B: Oh, no, it’s too dear.
Can
it be a little cheaper
?
A: OK, Come
on.
What about 55
yuan
?
B: OK.
______________________
. Thanks.
A:
______________________________
.
I’ll take it
Here you are
You’re welcome
Summary
A girl wants to buy a hat, and you're the seller.
Please
complete the conversation.(S: you G: girl)
S:__________________
G:Yes, please. I want to buy a hat.
S:How about this ______ one?
G:Sorry, I don't _____ this color.
S:How about this white hat?
G:It's too ______.
Can I help you?
red
like
small
S:And how about this _______one?
G:__________________
S: It's 10 dollars.
G:OK. _______________
S:Here you are.
I'll take it.
How much is it?
yellow
1. Review the words;
socks
T-shirt shorts sweater
bag hat
trousers
shoes
2. Recite (
背诵
) the sentences in
Grammar
Focus.
3. Practice the colors and price.
Homework
Section B 1a-1e
To learn to count the numbers over 10 and find out the rules.
Review how to ask prices.
Language Goals
Learn to know and use more numbers in our daily life.
Emotional Goal
one
Numbers review
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
Hello!
It’s 86501973...
Can you read the phone number?
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
十
十一
十二
十三
十四
十五
Can you count the numbers?
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
thirty
十六
十七
十八
十九
二十
三十
17
12
15
16
13
18
14
11
19
Can you read them?
el
e
ven
tw
e
lve
s
e
venteen
four
teen
fif
teen
six
teen
nine
teen
eigh
teen
thir
teen
10
t
e
n
21
24
23
22
thirty
25
twenty
-six
twenty
-seven
twenty
-eight
twenty
-nine
twenty
-one
twenty
-two
twenty
-three
twenty
-four
twenty
-five
30
26
27
29
28
thirty
-one
31
twenty
20
one two three four five six seven eight nine
ten
eleven twelve
thir
teen
four
teen
fif
teen
six
teen
seven
teen
eigh
teen
nine
teen
twen
ty
thir
ty
for
ty
fif
ty
six
ty
seven
ty
eigh
ty
nine
ty
twenty-one … twenty-nine
thirty-one … thirty-nine
forty-one … forty-nine
fifty-one … fifty-nine
sixty-one … sixty-nine
seventy-one … seventy-nine
eighty-one … eighty-nine
ninety-one … ninety-nine
hundred
Learn these numbers and find out the rules:
掌握
基数词
的拼写。
Listen and repeat.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1a
Count from 10 to 50
Group competition
比一比哪个小组最先数完
Can you count them in English?
How many hands are there in the picture?
Can you count them in English?
How many pencils are there in the picture?
Row 1: ten___ eleven___ twelve___ thirteen___ fourteen___
Row 2: twenty-five____ twenty-six_____ twenty-seven___
twenty-eight____ twenty-nine___
Row 3: twenty____ twenty-one____ twenty-two___
twenty-three___ twenty-four____
Row 4: fifteen______ sixteen______ seventeen______
eighteen_______ nineteen_____
Row 5: thirty____ thirty-one_______
Write the numbers in 1a next to the correct word.
Which rows of numbers are in the wrong places?
10
11
12
13
14
25
26
27
28
29
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
17
18
19
30
31
1b
Can you write these numbers?
11
27
17
21
16
20
18
33
30
Listen and circle the numbers you hear in 1a.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1c
(
小组竞赛:你能做出这些数学题吗
?)
1. One
and
two is ________.
2. Eleven
and
twenty-four is _________.
3. Forty-five
plus
five is _______.
4. Eight
minus
three is _______.
three
thirty-five
fifty
five
Can you deal with these math problems?
5. Sixty-two
minus
ten is __________.
6.
Multiply
five
by
nine is __________.
7. Eight
divided
by
two is ___________.
fifty-two
forty-five
four
计算:
加
and / plus
减
minus
乘
multiply… by…
除
… divide by…
14
个西红柿
23
件衬衫
8
双红袜子
35
个草莓
5
条短裤
48
件毛衣
fourteen tomatoes
twenty-three shirts
eight pairs of red socks
thirty-five strawberries
five pairs of shorts
forty-eight sweaters
Practice
Listen again. Circle the things in the picture that
Kate and her mom talk about. Check(
√
) the thing
Kate buys.
1d
a
white bag
Ask and answer questions about the things
in the picture above.
A:
How much
is
the white bag?
B:
It is
$
17.
1e
T-shirt
s
A:
How much
are
the
two
white
T-shirts?
B:
They are
$
30.
$
30
Join in a group, and ask the prices of the group
members' clothes.
Make a survey
How much is your hat?
It's
$
12.
Ⅰ.
根据要求完成句子。
1. Sandy likes the green sweater. (
变成否定句
)
Sandy ______________ the green sweater.
2. How much are these black shoes? (
回答
)
_________four dollars.
3. I want
green
.(
变成
what
问句
)
____________ do you want?
They’re
What color
doesn’t like
Exercises
4. I like oranges. (
变成一般疑问句
)
_________ like oranges?
5. This bag is
three dollars
. (
就画线部分提问
)
____________ is this bag?
Do you
How much
II
.
根据句意填空。
1. My skirts are not green. They are y_____
.
2. How m____ is this T-shirt? Five dollars
.
3. What c_____ do you need? Purple
.
4. Thank you. You’re w_______
.
5. We have sweaters in all c_____
.
uch
olor
elcome
olors
ellow
III
.
写出括号中数字的英语单词。
1. My uncle is ____________ (25) years old
.
2. — How much is this hat?
— It’s _________ (11) dollars
.
3. My teacher is only __________(22)years old
.
4. They have _______ (12) balls
.
5. _______(15) and _________(13) is ___________(28)
.
twenty-five
eleven
twenty-two
twelve
Fifteen
thirteen
twenty-eight
IV.
翻译下列句子。
1. —
这双红色的袜子多少钱?
— 12
美元。
2. —
那件白色的毛衣多少钱?
— 26
美元。
— How much are the red socks?
—
They’re twelve dollars.
—
How much is that white sweater?
— It’s twenty-six dollars.
Summary
1.Say the numbers in English:
11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,30,40,50,60...
2.What do you see?
eighteen kids
Homework
Ask your parents what they bought (
买
) today. Write down the things and the prices.
Thing
Price
Father
Mother
Section B 2a-2c
Read the ad
Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store
to find out the prices for those clothes.
To learn to understand an ad and write an ad.
To learn shopping language.
Language Goals
Learn to read ads and find out the useful things on sale.
Emotional Goal
How much do you think these things cost?
Match each clothing item with a price.
解释:
clothing item
意为“成衣制品”。
1. a skirt 3. sock 5. shorts
2. a sweater 4. trousers 6. shoes
a. $3 c. $30 e. $22
b. $15 d. $20 f. $25
$22
$25
$3
$20
$15
$30
2a
Clothes ad
$
12
¥
120
$
15
¥
50
$
18
¥
113
$
30
$
11
¥
29
On Sale!
How much are the clothes?
Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store
Read the ad and fill in the price tags.
ad
2b
Come and buy your clothes at our great sale! We sell all our clothes at very good prices. Do you like sweaters? We have green sweaters for only
$15! Yellow sweaters are only
$12! Do you need trousers?
For boys, we have black trousers for only $22.
Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store
And shorts are only $16! For girls, we have skirts in purple for only $20. How much are our jackets? Only $30! And we have black
shoes for only $28. Socks
are only $2 for three pairs!
Come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store now!
things
colors
price
for who
green
yellow
black
Fill in the blanks according to the passage:
sweaters
$15
trousers
$12
for boys
shorts
purple
$16
skirts
$20
for girls
$22
jackets
$30
shoes
black
$28
socks
$2( 3 pairs)
sweaters
What does the shop sell?
2. How much are the sweaters?
3. How much are the trousers for boys?
Answer the questions:
It sells sweaters, trousers, shorts, skirts, jackets, shoes and socks.
The green sweaters are 15 dollars and the yellow ones are 12 dollars.
They are 22 dollars.
4. How much are the skirts for girls?
5. How much are the socks?
6. What colors are the skirts for girls?
They are 20 dollars.
They are 2 dollars for three pairs.
They are in purple.
Have a discussion
Mrs. Jones wants to buy clothes for her two daughters and her son, and she has
$
100. Which clothes do you advice her to buy? Join in a group and talk about it.
Imagine you work at Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store.
Complete the conversation and practice it in a group.
You: Hello,
I help you?
Girl: Yes, please. I need a
.
You: How about these purple
.
Girl: Oh, I like this one. How
is it?
You: It’s only
dollars.
Girl: Oh, good. I’ll
it.
can
skirt
ones
take
20
much
2c
You: And what do you need?
Boy: Well, I need a pair of brown _______ for school.
You: What about this pair? They are ______
twenty-eight
.
Boy: Great. And do you have shorts, too?
You: Yes, our shorts are only
dollars.
Boy: OK. I’ll take the
and the
.
shoes
16
shorts
shoes
only
dollars
Role-play
Practice the conversation in your group, and perform it in front of your classmates.
Each group has a chance to choose your favourite two groups, and give your favourite group a .
Come to / Come and buy… at…
Come and have a look.
Can I help you? / What can I do for you?
— Does she like that white bag?
— Yes, she does. / No, she doesn’t.
— Oh, it’s too expensive. Can you give me a lower price?
— Sorry, I can’t. / That one is cheap.
— How much is it? — It’s five
yuan
.
— I’ll take it. — Here you are.
— Thank you. — You’re welcome.
Shopping language
1.
buy (
v
.)
(1) come and buy
来买
= come to buy
(2) buy… from…
例句:
I want to
buy
a book from the bookstore.
2.
sell
(
v
.) — sale (
n
.)
卖
例句:
at Huaxing’s great
sale
在华兴的大卖场
Language points
sell
the shirt for only thirty
yuan
仅以
30
元的价格卖了这件衬衫
以
26
元的价格买了这袜子
buy
the socks
for
twenty-six dollars
have
the socks
for
twenty-six dollars
同类对比
be on sale
在打折
,
降价
短裤在降价。
The shorts
are on sale.
例句:
3.
at very good prices
“
以非常便宜的价格
”
, at
表示“以
……
的价格”。
例句:
We have sweaters in all colors
at
¥ 6 each!
我们所有颜色的毛衣都卖六元一件!
4. Do you need bags
for
sports or school?
你需要体育用的包或上学用的书包吗?
这里的
for
是 “为
……
所用”的意思。
5.
For girls
, we have skirts
in
purple
for
only
¥
20!
我们有女孩穿的紫色的短裙
,
只卖
20
元!
1) for girls
中的
for
做介词
,
在此处表示对象,意为“对
……
来说”。
2)
句中的介词
in
在此处用于表示物品的颜色。
3)
for
only
¥
18
中的介词
for
用在此处表示价格
,
意为“以
……
金额”。
6.
Come to
Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store now!
Come and buy
…
at
…/
Come and have a look at
…
到
……
(买
……
/
看一看)。
Come and see
for yourself
at
…!
快来
……
为自己购物吧!
7.
介词:
from
从
to
到
,
给
从零到十
from
zero
to
ten
从莉萨那买包
buy
the
bag
from
Lisa
把包卖给麦克
sell the bag
to
Mike
来酷先生的服装店
come
to
Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store
— Does Mrs. Green have a ______(
服装
) store?
— Yes, she does.
2. I want to ______(
买
) a new schoolbag for school.
clothes
buy
3. Do you ________
(
需要
)
bags for school?
4. The red shorts on
__
______
(
销售
)
are very cheap.
need
sale
I.
根据句意及汉语提示,完成下列句子。
Exercises
5. My friends and I _____(
都
) like the sports shoes.
6. — What’s the ______(
价格
) of your new pencil box?
— It’s 10
yuan
.
7. The ______(
男孩
) in a red hat is my brother. His
name is Li Weikang.
all
price
boy
They have pens, pencils and notebooks
____
very good prices.
2.
____
girls, we have red skirts for only 28
yuan
.
3. — Do you have hats
____
blue?
— Sorry, we only have black ones.
4. How much is this pair
____
sports shoes?
5. The blue sweater is small for you.
How
________
this red one?
at
For
in
of
about
II
. 用适当的介词填空。
1. I’ll buy it. (
改写同义句
)
I’ll __________ it.
2. This hat is big. (
改为复数句
)
_____ _____ _____ big.
The black T-shirt is 48 yuan. (
对画线部分提问
)
______ _____ is the black T-shirt?
take
These hats are
How much
III.
根据要求改写句子,每空一词。
Those sweaters are
yellow
. (
对画线部分提问
)
____________ ___________ are those sweaters?
5. How much is the book? (
改为同义句
)
_________ the ________ ________ the book?
What color
What’s price of
You are a clothes seller, and your partner is the customer. Make a conversation between the seller and the customer.
Summary
Recite the ad of this lesson and
compete with your classmates.
Homework
Section B 3a-Self Check
Review the words,phrases and expressions in this unit.
Review how to ask prices. Review numbers and colors.
Learn to use some adjectives.
Language Goals
Learn to buy and sell things in your daily life, and help your parents buy things.
Emotional Goal
big
,
small
,
red
,
green
,
Apple,
I love you,
Apple,
I love to
eat
.
a big red apple
Warming-up
short
,
red,
long
,
yellow,
T-shirt
, T-shirt I love you.
T-shirt, T-shirt I love you.
数
词
+
(
大小
/
长
短
+
颜色
)
+
名词
a short red T-shirt
white
red
green
blue
yellow
orange
purple
brown
black
pink
color
s
用英文以最快的速度说出所给数字。
24
31
18
11
29
hat
T-shirt
bag
skirt
short
s
sweater
trouser
s
shoe
s
sock
s
复数形式!
jacket
Look
at the things in the picture. Fill in the blanks in the ad.
3a
Huaxing Clothes Store
Do you like
?
We
have
for only
yuan
.
How much are your
?
Only
yuan
.
And red
are
yuan
.
sweaters
21
sweaters
trousers
skirts
20
25
Write an ad for your own clothes store.
3b
Sample writing
Come to Mr. Cool’s Clothes Store! Here is
a
great sale. We sell pants for only ¥30. Do you like socks? We have socks in many colors for only ¥
3
. We also have
beautiful
skirts for only ¥
55. Shoes and many other things are also at very good prices. Do you like them? Come and see for yourself!
Your group is having a sale. You each have 200 RMB. You can buy or sell anything you like. Make a note of what you buy or sell.
Group work
GROUP WORK
Clothes
Buy from
Sell to
Price
Pants
Tom
¥
45
Pen
Grace
¥
5
I/we have…
Do you want it/them?
How much…?
It’s/They’re…
I’ll take it.
1
.
four + eight =
___________
2
.
seven +
eight = ___________
3.
six +
seven =
___________
4.
twenty -
three
=
___________
5. seventeen +three =
___________
6. eighteen - seven
= ___________
7. sixteen - six =
___________
8. eleven +
seven = ___________
9.
twenty - four - eight = ___________
10. fourteen + five =
___________
twelve
thirteen
seventeen
twenty
eleven
ten
eighteen
eight
nineteen
fifteen
用英文数字填空。
1
Describe what
these people
are
wearing today
.
I:
a pair of white socks,
My partner:
My teacher:
Self Check
2 Put
the sentences in order to make a conversation.
A. Thank you.
B. I’m sorry. We don’t sell bags.
C. You’re welcome.
D. Here you are.
E. Yes, please. Do you sell bags?
F. OK. I’ll take them.
G. Can I help you?
H. I see. Hmm… those blue trousers are nice.
How much are they?
I. They’re twenty-five dollars.
The right order is:
G E B H I F D A C
A:
Can I help you?
B:
Yes, please. Do you sell bags?
A:
I’m sorry. We don’t sell bags.
B:
I see. Hmm… those blue trousers are nice.
How much are they?
A:
They’re twenty-five dollars.
B:
OK. I’ll take them.
A:
Here you are.
B:
Thank you.
A:
You’re welcome.
The
conversation
Ⅰ.
根据句意和汉语意思填空。
1. Jim wants blue _________(
鞋
).
2.I like that red __________(
毛衣
).
3.The black _________(
短裤
) are Sam’s.
4. I like _________(
黄色
) color.
5. Those trousers are twelve_______(
美元
).
sweater
shorts
yellow
shoes
dollars
Exercises
6. How much ________ the red sweater?
_______ 13 dollars.
7. How much ________ the broccoli?
_______ 1 dollar.
8. How much ________ they?
__________ 34
yuan
.
9. How much ________ these sports shoes?
___________ 60
yuan
.
is
is
are
are
单数或不可数
is
,
复数
are
。
单数或不可数
it
,
复数
they
。
(
单数
)
(
不可数
)
(
复数
)
(
复数
)
It’s
It’s
They’re
They’re
II
.
单项选
择。
1. The green shorts are _____ sale for $25.
A. for B. on C. at
2. The socks _____ all colors are just 2
yuan
.
A. in B. for C. on
3. —_______ shoes are Linda’s?
—The green shoes.
A. Where B. Whose C. Which
B
A
C
4. — ________ color do you like?
— White and red.
A. Who B. What C. How much
5. — __________ is that hat?
— $15.
A. How much B. Which C. What color
6. — Can I help you?
— ____________.
A. No, please don’t B. Yes, please C. You’re welcome
B
A
B
7. — How much _________ those trousers?
— They’re 25
yuan
.
A. is B. are C. am
8. His clothes ________ over there, in that room.
A. is B. are C. am
B
B
III
.
根据汉语意思填空。
1.
这些黄色的袜子多少钱?
________ ________ are these yellow socks?
2.
那个盒子是什么颜色的?
What ________ is that _______?
3.
你想要什么颜色的帽子?
What _______ of the ______ do you ______?
How much
color
box
color
hats
want
4.
我能帮助你吗?
________ I _______ you?
5. —
哪件是你的
T
恤衫?
—
白色的那件是我的
,
这件黑的是我表弟的。
— __________ is ________ T-shirt?
— The _______ one is my T-shirt. The ______ one
is my ____________.
6.
我要买这个蓝色的裤子和紫色的毛衣。
I will _______ the blue _________ and purple _______.
Can
help
Which
your
white
black
cousin’s
trousers
take
sweater
Ⅳ
.
翻译下列句子。
1.
快到华兴大卖会来买衣
服!
2
.
我们有红、绿还有白色的女式
T
恤,仅售
18
美元。
Come and buy your clothes
at Huaxing’s
great sale!
For girls, we have T-shirt in red, green and white for only $18.
3.
我们有价格便宜的毛衣
。
4.
我们有各种颜色的毛衣
。
5.
你需要运动包吗?
We have sweaters at a very good price.
We have sweaters in all colors.
Do you need bags for sports?
6.
男孩子可以买到每双仅售
5
元的袜子
!
7.
任何人都付得起这个价钱!
8.
亲自来华兴服装店看看吧!
Anybody can afford our prices!
Come and see for yourself at Huaxing’s Clothes Store!
For boys, you can buy socks for
only
¥
5
each
!
1. Can you count from 10 to 50
?
2. If you want to write an ad, what should you tell
people?
Summary
Remember the words and expressions
of Unit 7.
2. Your neighbour's fruit store will be on
sale on this weekend. Please help him/her
write an ad.
Homework
unit 8
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
When is your birthday?
Section A 1a-1c
To learn the twelve months.
To learn to talk about dates.
Language Goals
To know the date of your friends' birthdays, and to celebrate their birthdays.
Emotional Goal
Do you know the months of a year?
Warming-up
spring
summer
autumn
winter
Listen and repeat.
MONTHS
1a
Repeat the 12 months with you partner
January
一月
November
October
September
August
July
December
June
May
April
March
February
二月
三月
四月
五月
六月
十月
九月
八月
七月
十一月
十二月
Match.
五月
二月
四月
三月
七月
十一月
九月
March
November
May
April
July
September
February
New Year’s Day
(
新年
)
Women’s Day
(
妇女节
)
Tree Planting Day
(
植树节
)
May Day
(
劳动节
)
Children’s Day
(
儿童节
)
Teachers’ Day
(
教师节
)
National Day
(
国庆节
)
Army Day
(
建军节
)
Chinese
Festivals
(节日)
Do you know the months?
Spring Festival
(
春节
)
is in _______ or
________.
Tree Planting Day
(
植树节
)
is in
_______.
Mother’s Day is in
______.
Christmas Day is in
__________.
Teachers’ Day is in
_________.
Children’s Day is in
_______.
January
February
March
May
December
September
June
Do you know the months
?
小贴士:
月份前加介词
in
.
A: When is your birthday?
B: My birthday is on ______.
/ It’s on _______.
Listen and number the conversations.[1-3]
A:
When is your birthday, Linda?
B: My birthday is on May 2nd.
A:
When is your birthday, Mary?
B: It’s on January 5th.
A: When is your birthday, Mike?
B: My birthday is on June 3rd.
1
2
3
1b
When is your birthday?
My birthday is on October 10th.
Practice the conversation above with your partner. Then make your own conversations.
1c
When is your
birthday?
It is on
September
6th
.
I'm little reporter.
Move from your seat and interview five students the date of their birthday. Then do a report for your classmates.
—When is your birthday?
—My birthday is on.../It's on...
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Report
—
When
is your birthday, Linda?
琳达你生日是什么时候?
—
My birthday is on May 2nd.
我的生日是五月二日
。
when
作疑问副词时,意为“
什么时候;何时
”,常用于
对日期和时刻进行提问。具体日期前应加介词
on.
如
:
When is the party?
晚会是什么时候?
It’s on September 5
th
.
在九月五号。
Language points
I.
单项选择。
1. — ______
do you usually make snowmen?
—
In December.
A. Where
B
. How
C
. When
D
.
What
2
. —
is
your
mother’s
birthday?
—
On May 15
th
.
A. When B. Where C. How
D
. What
C
A
Exercises
3.
When is ______birthday ?
A. Lucy B. Lucy’s C. Lucys D. Lucys’
4.September is the _____month of the year.
A. nineth B. ninth C. nine D. the twelveth
B
B
II.
根据句意和所给的单词填空。
1. The ________
(nine)
lesson is very difficult.
2. There are ________ months in a year. The
________ month is December. (twelve)
3. N__________ is the eleventh month of a year.
4. The first month of a year is J__________.
ninth
twelfth
ovember
anuary
twelve
Ⅲ
.
按要求完成句子
,
并翻译成汉语。
1._________ is your birthday?
My birthday is _______ June 1st.
2.How many months are there in a year?
(回答问题)
3.The ___________ month of a year is July.
4.There are three ___________
(月)
in summer.
When
on
Twelve.
seventh
months
1.Tell the 12 months in order.
2.Practice the conversation:
—When is your birthday?
—It's on June 1st.How about yours?
—My birthday is on August ninth.
Summary
Remember the twelve months and
be able to write them.
2.Go home and ask your family members'
birthday, and make a report in the next
class.
Homework
Section A 2a-2e
To learn the ordinal numbers.
To learn to talk about dates in English.
Language Goals
To know how to express dates in our daily life.
To invite your friends to your birthday party.
Emotional Goals
the first
the second
the third
Know the order
Summary
Let’s learn the ordinal numbers.
first
1st
second
2nd
third
3rd
fourth
4th
fifth
5th
sixth
6th
seventh
7th
eighth
8th
ninth
9th
tenth
10th
eleventh
11th
twelfth
12th
thirteenth
13th
fourteenth
14th
fifteenth
15th
sixteenth
16th
seventeenth
17th
twentieth
20th
twenty-first
21st
twenty-third
23rd
twenty-fourth
24th
twenty-eighth
28th
thirtieth
30th
thirty-first
31st
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th
15th
16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st
22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th
29th 30th 31st
2a
Listen and repeat.
Look at the numbers.What rules can you find?
Discussion
1.first, second, third, fifth, ninth, twenty-first, twenty-second, twenty-third, twenty-fifth, twenty-ninth, thirty-first, thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fifth...
2.fourth, sixth, seventh, eighth, tenth, eleventh, thirteenth...
3.twentieth, thirtieth, fortieth...
Listen and circle the number you hear in 2a.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
11th 12th 13th 14th 15th
16th 17th 18th 19th 20th
21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th
26th 27th 28th 29th 30th
31st
2b
Put the dates you hear in order.
9.5
7.4
1.17
8.22
2
4
1
3
Can you repeat the dates?
Listen again. Match the names, months
and dates.
Names Months Dates
Alice July 4th
Frank August 22nd
Eric January 5th
Jane September 17th
2c
1
月
15
日
4
月
30
日
7
月
8
日
10
月
1
日
5
月
29
日
2
月
14
日
January 15th
April 30th
July 8th
October 1st
May 29th
February 14th
Practice these dates
Talk about the children’s birthday in 2c. Then ask your partner about the birthdays in his or her family.
A: When is Alice’s birthday?
B: Her birthday is on September 5
th
.
A: When is your father’s birthday?
B: His birthday is
on ___________.
2d
Do a survey
Ask two of your classmates about the birthdays in his/her family, and fill in the chart.
Who
When
My father
August eleventh
Role-play the conversation.
Bill: Hi, Alan. Happy birthday!
Alan: Thank you, Bill.
Bill: So, how old are you, Alan?
Alan: I’m twelve. How old are you?
2e
Bill: I’m thirteen.
Alan: When is your birthday?
Bill: My birthday is in August.
Alan: Well, do you want to come to my
birthday party.
Bill: Oh, yes. When is it?
Alan: At three this afternoon.
Bill: OK, great. See you!
1. How old is Alan?
She is ________________
2. How old is Bill?
_____________________
3. When is Alan’s birthday party?
______________________
Read the conversation in 2e and answer the questions.
twelve years old.
He is thirteen.
At three this afternoon.
A:
___________________
B:
My name is Mickey Mouse.
A:
_______is your birthday?
B:
____________________
November 18
th
.
Make a conversation
NAME: Mickey Mouse
DATE OF BIRTH: November 18
th
When
My birthday
is on
What’s your name?
A:
What’s your name?
B:
__________ Xi
Yangyang
.
A:
_______ is your birthday?
B:
It’s _____________.
My name is
When
in June, 2005
NAME: Xi Yangyang
DATE OF BIRTH: June, 2005
’s
所有格
表示有生命的人或动物的名词所有格
,
单数名词和不
以
s
结尾的复数名词一般在词尾加
“
’s”
。
如
: Kate’s cat
凯特的猫
Children’s Day
儿童
节
1.
名词的所有格
表示所属关系,即表示某物是“谁的”。名词所有格常见的结构有两种
:
Language points
(2)
名词后加“
’s
”
表示所有
,
意为“
……
的”。
如
: This is Tom’s book.
这是汤姆的书。
以
s
结尾的复数名词只在词尾加“
’
”。
如:
the
students’
book
学生用书
the
boys’
books
男孩们的书
(3)
如果表示两
(
几
)
个人共同拥有,在最后一个名词
的词尾加“
’s”
:
如
:
Eric and Cindy’s
father
艾瑞克和辛迪的父亲
(
两个人的父亲是同一个人
)
(4)
如果表示两
(
几
)
个人各自拥有
,
则须在每个名词后
都加上“
’s”
:
Jane’s and Helen’s
rooms
珍的房间和海伦的房间
(
两人各自拥有一个房间
)
of
所有格
1.
无生命事物名词的所属关系,一般常用
“
of
+ 名词”来表示,即
of
所有格。如:
a photo of my family
一张全家福
the name of the tree
这棵树的名字
2. of
所有格与
’s
所有格有时可以互换,不过要注意
它们物主的位置不同。如:
狗的名字是甜甜。
The name of the dog is Tiantian
.
(
of
结构
,
物主
the dog
在后
)The dog’s name is Tiantian
.
(
’s
结构
,
物主
the dog
在前
)
2. —
How old
are you?
你多大了?
—I’m fifteen.
我十五了。
how old
意为“多大年纪;几岁”,常用于询问年龄。回答时可以直接用基数词表示,也可以用“基数词
+ year (s) old”
表示。
What’s ... age?”
和“
How old is / are ...?”
意思相同
,
可互换。如:
What’s your age? = How old are you?
你多大了?
Ⅰ.
用英语写出下图中的日期。
Exercises
II.
根据句意及首字母提示补全单词,完成句子。
1. D________ is the twelfth month of the year.
2. Please come to my birthday p______.
3. — How o____ is Mary?
— She’s 14.
4. — W_____ is your birthday, Jane?
— My birthday is on April 10th.
5. Jane’s mother buys her an MP5 player.
She is very h_______.
ecember
arty
ld
hen
appy
III.
根据汉语提示完成句子,每空一词。
1.
我们在下午四点见面吧。
_____ _____ at 4 this afternoon.
2.
你想去她的生日聚会吗?
Do you want to go to her _________ _______?
3.
你多大年龄了?
_______ ______ are you?
4.
你弟弟的生日是什么时候?
______ is your ____________ birthday?
5.
她的生日在六月。
Her birthday is ____ _____.
Let’s meet
birthday party
How old
When brother’s
in June
IV.
翻译下列句子。
1. —
你生日是什么时候?
—
我生日是十月十号。
2. —
你妈妈的生日是什么时候?
—
她的生日是三月十九号。
—
When is your birthday?
—My birthday is on October 10th.
—
When is your mother’s birthday?
—Her birthday is on March 19th.
—
_______
are the students in your class?
—Most of them are only fourteen.
A. How long B. How many C. How old
中考链接
多大年纪?
多少?
多长时间?
他们大部分只有
14
岁。
写出下列基数词的序数词形式:
one, two, three, five, eleven, twelve, twenty, twenty one, thirty, thiry nine
2.Answer the questions:
When is your birthday?
When is your parents' birthday?
When is your deskmate's birthday?
Summary
Write your
friends' birthdays?
Fill
in the form.
name
birthday
2. Make a conversation with your brother
or sister about your family's birthday.
Homework
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To learn
to ask and answer:
When
is...birthday?
His/Her
birthday is in/on...
How
old is/are...?
I'm/She's/He's
...years old.
To learn
to use”in” and “on”.
Language Goals
To know the age and birthday of others, and to know people around you better.
Emotional Goal
When is your father’s birthday
?
His birthday is on
…
His/Her birthday is on
…
When is your deskmate’s birthday
?
Pair work
When is your birthday?
My birthday is on
October
2nd.
When is his birthday?
His birthday is on
January
17nd.
When is her birthday?
It’s in August.
When is Alice’s birthday?
Her birthday is
on September
5th.
When is your father’s
birthday
?
His birthday is on
April
21st.
Grammar Focus
first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth
ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth
fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth
twentieth twenty-first twenty-second twenty-third
twenty-fouth twenty-fifth twenty-sixth twenty-seventh
twenty-eighth twenty-ninth thirtieth thirty-first
序数词表
Grammar focus
1. _______is your birthday? It's ____________________.
你的生日在什么时候? 在
1
月
21
日。
2. _______ is her birthday
?
It's ____________________.
她的生日在什么时候? 在
5
月
8
日。
3. _______ is his birthday? It's _______________.
他的生日在什么时候? 在
3
月。
4.
_____
is
_____
birthday? It's
________________________.
Lily
的生日在什么时候? 在
9
月
23
日。
5. ________ is your _________ birthday?
It's
____________________.
你叔叔的生日在什么时候? 在
7
月
17
日。
When
in March
on May eighth
on January twenty-first
When
When
Lily's
When
When
on September twenty-third
uncle's
on July seventeenth
Match the questions and answers.
1. When is Jenny’s birthday?
2. When are their birthday?
3. When is your brother’s
birthday?
4. Is his birthday in July?
5. Is your birthday on
February 1st?
No, it’s on the 6th.
b. Her birthday is on
May 24th.
c. Yes, it is.
d. Their birthdays are
in January.
e. It’s on June 16th.
3a
Role-play
You are a reporter to interview your partner, and your partner give answers. Practice the conversations in 3a.
When is Jenny's birthday?
Her birthday is on May 24th.
Q & A
How old are you? When is your birthday?
How old is your mother? When is her birthday?
A: How ________ are you, Grace?
B:
________ twelve
.
A: And ________ is your birthday?
B: My ________ is on March 12th.
How about you and Tom?
A: Well, my birthday is
________ July
5th,
and Tom’s birthday is __
December.
Complete the conversation and practice it with your partner.
old
I’m
when
birthday
on
in
3b
Find out your group members’ birthdays and ages. Line up from the youngest to the oldest.
3c
Do a survey
Finish the task in 3c and fill in the chart.
Name
Age
Birthday
Small talk
What's the festival? When is it?
What's the festival? When is it?
Tree Planting Day
March 12th
Thanksgiving Day
the fourth Thursday
in November
National Day
October 1st
the second Sunday
in May
Mother’s Day
Brainstorm
Match the dates with the festivals.
1. Teachers’ Day (
教师节
) is on ______________.
2. Christmas Day (
圣诞节
) is on _____________.
3. Labour’s Day (
劳动节
) is on __________.
4. New Year’s Day (
元旦
) is
on ____________.
5. April Fool’s Day (
愚人节
) is
on __________.
6. Tree Planting Day (
植树节
) is on ____________.
7. Children’s Day (
儿童节
) is on _________.
What's the date?
September 10th
December
25th
May 1st
January
1st
April 1st
March 12th
June 1st
Name: Fecelia
Date of birth:
October 21st,
1979
阅读
ID cards,
完成下列对话。
Betty: Who are they?
Cindy: They are my friends.
Name: Cathy
Date of birth:
March 30th
,
1981
Name: Ella
Date of birth:
June 18th,
1982
Cindy: Their names are _______, ______
and ______. They are pop singers.
Fecelia’s
birthday is on
____________.
Cathy
’s birthday is on ___________.
Ella’s birthday is on __________.
Betty
: Oh, how old are they?
Cindy: ______ was born(
出生
) in 1979,
_______ was born in 1981, and
_______ was born in
1982.
Fecelia
Ella
Cathy
October 21st
June 18th
Fecelia
Cathy
Hebe
March 30th
Exercises
Ⅰ.
写
出下列基数词的序数词。
one ________
twenty
___________
two ________
thirty
_________
three ________
twenty-five
___________
nine _______
forty
_________
eleven ________
fifty-seven
____________
first
second
third
ninth
eleventh
twentieth
thirtieth
twenty-fifth
fortieth
fifty-seventh
Ⅱ
.
用
所给单词的适当形式填空。
1.—When is your birthday?
—
It's on July __________
(
twenty-one
)
.
2.The hen has _________(twelfth) little chickens.
3.This is my _______
(
one
)
computer game.
4.—When is your school trip?
—
It's
on
September
________
(
nine
)
.
5.Is it your grandma's _________
(
eighty
)
birthday
today?
twenty-first
twelve
first
ninth
eightieth
Ⅲ
.
完
成句子,每空一词。
1.—_______ _______ is your grandpa?
—He's sixty-five.
2.The _______ day of a week is Sunday
(星期日
)
.
3.When is Christmas? It's ______ December 25th.
4.When is Tree Planting Day?
It's _____ _______.
5.Teachers' Day is on __________ _______.
How
March
old
first
in
on
September
tenth
Summary
1.When is the
Spring Festival?
2.When is Dragon Boat Festival?
3.What other festivals do you know in China and
western countries? Can you tell the date?
Our National Day is on
_____
first day in
_____October
.
A.a
; the
B.the
; a
C
. the;
不填
D.a
;
不
填
中考链接
序数词前要加
the
;月份前没有冠词。
Homework
1. Practice the conversations in this lesson.
2. Remember the 12 months in English,and
be
able
to write them.
3.Ask three of your friends'
ages
and
birthdays, and
do a report.
Section B 1a-1d
To be able to talk about calendars by using
:
When is Sally’s birthday party?
It’s on October 5th.
To learn new words:
test,
trip...
Language Goals
Be able to read the calendar and use it. Write down the important events on it.
Know some important events in your family and take part in the activities.
Emotional
Goals
game
/g
ei
m/
Warming-up
party
/’p
a:
t
i
/
trip [tr
ɪ
p]
test [t
e
st]
1. __ English test
3
. __ school trip
2. __ party 4. __ basketball game
d
c
b
a
Match the pictures with the events.
1a
C
d
Listen and circle the events you hear in 1a.
English test school trip
party basketball game
1b
September
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
English
test
School
trip
October
Sally’s birthday party
basketball game
Listen again. Fill in John’s calendar.
School
trip
1c
Ask and answer questions about
John’s calendar.
It’s on
October 5th.
When is Sally’s birthday party?
1d
Do you
know?
It (New Year’s Day) is
in ___________.
January
When is New Year’s Day?
It (New Year’s Day) is on
January 1st (first).
When is Women’s Day?
It’s
on
March 8th (eighth).
When is Tree Planting Day?
It’s
on
March 12th (twelfth).
When is May Day?
It’s in ______.
May
It’s on
May 1st (first)
.
When is Children’s Day?
It’s
in______
.
It’s
on June 1st.
June
When is National Day?
It’s in __________.
It’s on October 1st.
October
Sally’s calendar:
basketball game
September 26
English test
September 29
school trip
September 27
birthday party
October 5
Pair work
Sally, when is the basketball game?
It is on……
Sally, when is your English test?
My English test is …
Sally, when is your school trip?
It is…
When is your birthday party, Sally?
My birthday party is…
Small talk
What activities do you have in your family? What's the date?
My grandmother's birthday party is on January sixteenth.
Sally, when is the school trip?
萨利,学校旅行是什么时候?
句中的
school
是名词,用在此处修饰名
词
trip
,作定语。
apple tree
basketball player
woman teacher
sports shoes
Language points
1.
Women’s Day
is in
_______.
2. ________, _________, _______ are in Spring.
3. Children’s Day is in _______.
4. The last
(
最后的
)
three months of a year
are
___
___
____
____________, and __________.
5. New school year begins
(
新学年开始于
)
in ____________.
March
January
February
March
June
October
November
December
September
I.
用月份名词填
空。
Exercises
II.
用适当的介词填空,完成句子。
1. The music festival is ____ November.
2. Our English party is ___ seven in the evening.
3. Wang Li has a school trip ___ September 6th.
4. Can you go to the party ____ me?
5. I don’t like history. What _____ you?
on
with
about
in
at
III.
翻译下列句子。
1.—
你妈妈
的生日是什么时候?
—
是十月五日。
2.—
学校旅行
是什么时候?
—
是九月二十九日。
—When is your mother’s birthday?
—It’s on October fifth.
—When is the
school trip?
—It’s on September twenty-ninth.
1. your, birthday, mother’s, when, is?
2. birthday, my, is, 10th, on, October.
3. his, is, birthday, on, September, 2nd?
My birthday is on October 10th.
Is his birthday on September 2nd?
IV.
将下列词连成一个完整的句子。
When is your mother’s birthday?
Summary
1.Write the 12 months in English on your paper.
2.
How many festivals do we have in a year?
What's the date?
Homework
1.Remember the words and expressions.
2.Practice the conversation in this lesson
and recite it
.
Section B 2a-2c
To learn to read the school notice and list the activities and the dates.
To learn to write a note to others.
Language Goals
To tell others activities and the dates, and to actively take part in the activities.
Emotional Goal
Art Festival
Warming-up
soccer game
English Day
School Day
Sports Day
Check (√) the activities you have at your school.
soccer game school trip School Day book sale
English Day art festival Sports Day party
2a
Read the school notice and list the activities
and the dates.
Dear students,
We have some interesting and
fun things for you this term.
On March 21st, we have
a school trip in the afternoon.
April is a great month. On the
12th and the 15th, we have
two ball games, soccer and volleyball.
2b
School Day is on April 22nd. Your parents can
come to our school. Next month, we have an art
festival. It’s on May 3rd. We have an English party on May 30th. And on June 3rd, we have a book sale in the school library.
This is a really busy term! Have a good time!
Dates
Activities
March 21st
April 12th and15th
April 22nd
May 3rd
May 30th
June 3rd
a book sale
a school trip
soccer game volleyball game
School Day
art festival
English party
Fill in blanks.
We have
____________________________________ in April.
We have _____________________________________in May.
We have _____________________________________in June.
soccer game, volleyball game and school day
art festival and English party
a book sale
Judge the sentences true
(
T
)
or false
(
F
)
.
1.There is no activity in March.
2.There are three activities in April.
3.Art festival is in May.
4.English party is in the last day of May.
5.There are six activities in total in this busy term.
F
T
T
F
F
School trip is in March.
Seven.
English party is on May 30th, the last second day of May.
A:
Do you like
a school trip
?
B:
Yes, we do.
A:
Why
do you like it?
B:
Because
it’s
interesting
.
A:
When is it?
B:
It’s…
Discuss the questions with your partner.
1. What activities from 2b do you like?
2. What other activities do you like?
2c
a speech contest
a school trip
A:
Do you have a/ an…?
B:
Yes, we do.
A:
When
is it?
B:
It’s…
an
art festival
a
basketball game
a Christmas party
a
music festival
Discuss
We have…
We don’t have…
Yes
No
Month
Day
School Day
Yes
Art Festival
No
Sports day
Yes
School trip
Yes
English Day
Yes
假设你是校长
Yes
No
Month
Day
School Day
Yes
April
19th
Art Festival
No
Chinese Contest
Yes
August
3rd
Music Festival
Yes
May
21st
English Party
Yes
December
25th
Fill in the chart.
A:
Do you have a
School Day
at your school?
B:
Yes, we do.
A:
When
is it?
B:
It’s on
April 19th
.
A:
Do you have an
Art Festival
?
B:
No, we don’t.
Make conversations with your partner according
to the chart above.
Have a good time!
玩得高兴,过得愉快
I hope you will have a good time at the party.
我希望你在聚会上玩得高兴。
Have a good time (in) doing sth
做某事很开心
We had a good time in playing basketball.
I have a good time reading the novel.
Language points
They
have
(
举办
)
an art festival at their school every year.
have
作动词,意为
“
举行,举办
”
时,后面跟
表示活动的名词,指举办某种活动
have
a birthday
party
举办生日聚会
have
volleyball
games
举办排球赛
I.
根据句意和汉语提示,用适当的短语完成句子。
1. They have an ____________
(
英语测试
)
on July 5th.
2. —When is your ___________
(
学校郊游
)?
— On May 10th.
3. Let’s have a ______________
(
篮球赛
)
after school.
4. Do you have an ___________
(
艺术节
)
in your school?
5. ____________
(
下个月
),
he will go to Beijing.
English test
school trip
basketball game
art festival
Next month
Exercises
II.
根据要求完成句子,每空一词。
We have a ping-pong game on July 7th.
(
改为一般疑问句
)
____ ____ have a ping-pong game on
July 7th?
2. Do you like playing computer games?
(
作肯定回答
)
Yes, ___ ____.
Do you
I do
3. I’m
twelve
.
(
对画线部分提问
)
____ _____ are you?
4. My birthday is
on October 9th
.
(
对画线部分提问
)
______ ____ your birthday?
5. They want to watch a soccer game on TV.
(
改为否定句
)
They _____ _____ to watch a soccer game
on TV.
How old
When is
don’t want
III.
翻译下列句子。
—
学校庆祝日是什么时候?
—
是六月八日
。
—
艺术节是什么时候?
—
是四月十九日。
—
When is
the School Day?
—
It’s on
June eighth.
—
When is
the Art Festival?
—
It’s on
April nineteenth.
1.Retell the note in 2b.
2.What activities do you have in your school this term? Tell us the dates.
Summary
Write a note according to 2b and the following chart.
Homework
Month
Day
School Day
April
19th
Art Festival
Chinese Contest
August
3rd
Music Festival
May
21st
English Party
December
25th
Section B 3a-Self Check
Language Goals
To
learn to write about school activities and
time.
Learn to write a note.
Emotional Goal
Be familiar with some activities and their time,and be able to inform others.
1. Review the months
.
Review
2. Review the numbers
.
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
first
second
third
four
th
fif
th
six
th
seven
th
eigh
th
nin
th
ten
th
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
twenty
thirty
twenty-one
eleventh
thirteenth
fourteenth
fifteenth
twel
f
th
twentieth
thirtieth
twenty-first
Talk about the activities
We have an ...on…
We have a ... on...
We have an ... on...
We have a ... on...
We have a ... on...
We have a ... on...
Think about your school activities, and then
fill in the blanks.
Activities
Time
Soccer game
Basketball game
English day
School trip
Art festival
Activities
Time
School day
Sports day
Book sale
English test
Tell your friends about your school events in last table.
We have a basketball game on
…
We have a book sale on...
Complete
the note with the words
in
the box.
my
school game September like basketball
Dear Alan,
Do you
______ sports
? Do you have a
__________?
Please come to__________ next week. We have a
basketball
______.
It is
on ____________ 28th
.
See you
there!
Guo Peng
like
basketball
my school
game
September
3a
Role-play
You are Guo Peng, and your partner is Alan. Retell the note to your partner, and then change the role. (
比一比:哪一组能在最短时间内完成。
)
Write
your own note to a friend. Invite
him
/
her to an
activity in your school.
Use
the
questions to help
you.
What is your friend’s name?
What does your friend like to do?
What activity do you have in your school?
When is the activity?
Dear ___________,
3b
1.
先根据自己的实际情况回答四个提示问题。
2.
将四个答语连接起来,可以适
当地加
入连接词。
3.
按
e-mail
的写作格式
,
先向对方进行问候
,
或客套
。结尾
署名用
Yours
,
XXX
或者直接署名。
4.
再通读一遍自己的作品,看有没
有句
式结
构错误或
语法错误。
写作指导
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Dear Tom,
How are you
? Can
you come to the basketball game in our
school?
I know that you like to
play basketball
very much.
The basketball game is on August 10th
. I
hope you can come to the game. I believe that you can win the game.
Peter
One possible version
When is New Year’s Day?
What activity do you have?
Have a talk
When is
Teachers’
Day?
What activity do you have?
When is National Day?
What activity do you have?
1 Complete the chart with the correct forms of the numbers.
one
first
six
twelve
second
seventh
thirteenth
three
eight
twenty
fourth
nine
twenty-first
five
tenth
thirty
two
third
four
fifth
sixth
seven
eighth
ninth
ten
twelfth
thirteen
twentieth
twenty-one
thirtieth
Self Check
2 Write
the dates for these holidays in China.
When is Children’s Day
(
儿童节
)?
It’s
on
.
2. When is National Day
(
国庆节
)?
It’s
on .
3. When is Women’s Day
(
妇女节
)?
It’s
on
.
4. When is New Year’s Day
(
新年
)?
It’s
on .
June 1st
October 1st
March 8th
January 1st
one
________ two _________
three ______ four _________
five ________ eight ________
nine ________ twelve ________
twenty _________ thirty ________
first
second
third
fourth
fifth
eighth
ninth
twelfth
twentieth
thirtieth
I.
基数词变为序数词。
Exercises
1.
一幅中国地图
______________
2.
桌子的一条腿
_______________
3.
Sally
的棒球拍
_________________
4. Bill
的堂兄
_____________
5. This is ____________
(
李雷的家庭
).
6. Is that ________________________?
(
比尔家的一幅照片
)
Li Lei’s
family
a photo of Bill’s family
a map of China
a leg of the table
Sally’s baseball bat
Bill’s
cousin
II.
根据所给内容填空。
7. This is
___________________
(
莉莉和露茜的
)
room
.
8. They are
____________________
(
格林夫人的儿子
).
9. It’s my ____________ (mother) bag
.
10. Are these the ________ (twin) books?
11. March 8
(
三月八日
)
is ____________ (woman) Day
.
Mrs
.
Green’s son
mother’s
twin’s
Women’s
Lily and
Lucy’s
1. When ____ your
mother’s
birthday?
A. am
B
. is
C
. are
2. New
Year’s
Day is in ______.
A. December B. October C. January
3. Our school trip is ______ May.
A. in
B
. on
C
. at
III.
单项选择。
B
C
A
4. ______ is Art Festival?
A. What B. When C. Which
5. —Let’s go swimming.
—Good idea! It sounds _______.
A. interesting B. boring C. difficult
B
A
1. Are you their friend?
(
做肯定回答
)
2. Kate has a new English dictionary.
(
改为一般疑问句
)
3. I have a nice ball.
(
改为否定句
)
IV.
句型转换
。
Yes, I am.
Does Kate have a new English dictionary?
I
don’t
have a nice ball.
1.Count from 1 to 30 and say the ordinal
numbers.
2.Say the 12 months.
3.What festivals do we have in China?
When are the festivals? What activities do
we have?
Summary
你还记得这些吗?
1.
学校要举办艺术节,请根据下面问题补充内容,
并写一个通知。
2.Review for the test of this unit.
Homework
When is the Art Festival?
Where is the Art Festival?
What activities do we have?
Who will take part in?
unit 9
人教版七年级英语上册单元全套课件
My favorite subject is sclence .
Section A 1a-1c
To learn different subjects
science, music,
math,Chinese,history
…
To be able to talk about
preferences by using:
What’s your favorite subject?
My
favorite subject is...
Language Goals
To learn the expression of subjects and to express your preference.
Emotional Goal
favorite
subject
science
P.E.
music
math
Chinese
geography
history
adj.
特别喜爱的
n.
特别喜爱的人或事物
n.
学科;科目
n.
科学
n.
体育
n.
音乐;乐曲
n.
数学
n.
语文;汉语
adj.
汉语的;中国的
n.
地理
(
学
)
n.
历史
New words
Brainstorm
How many subjects do you know?
What are they?
Chinese
math
Do you know them?
geography
English
science
art
P.E. (physical education)
music
biology
history
art
math
science
music
P.E.
subjects
geography
history
Chinese
favorite (= favourite)
n.
特别喜欢的人
(
或物
)
adj.
特別喜爱的,中意的
What's your
favorite
subject?
B: My favorite subject is
.
computer
What’s your favorite subject?
A: What’s your
favorite
subject?
Make a survey
B: My favorite subject is
.
P.E.
A: What’s your
favorite
subject?
B: My favorite subject
is
.
music
A: What’s your
favorite
subject?
Match the words with the pictures.
1. P.E. _____
2. art _____
3. science _____
4. music _____
5. math _____
6. Chinese _____
7. geography
_____
8. history _____
c
f
b
e
h
d
a
g
1
a
a
h
g
f
e
d
c
b
Match the subjects with the pictures.
geography
P.E.
science
English
Chinese
What's the subject is it?
(考考你眼力)
P.E.
art
science
music
math
Chinese
geography
history
Listen and circle the subjects you hear in 1a.
1
b
Complete the words and say their
meaning.
Ch__ n___se _______
m___th ________
Engl__sh ________
geogr____ph_____ ________
h__st__ry _______
____rt _______
sc___ ____nce _______
i
a
i
y
a
o
i
a
e
i
e
语文
数学
英语
地理
历史
美术
科学
Listen and fill in blanks.
Hi, Anna! How's your ______ day of school?
Hey, Linda! It's good. I'm happy to see all my friends. What ______ you?
Me, too. And my classes are great.
What's your _________ subject?
My favorite subject is __________. What's ________?
Hmm. Well, I like _______ and _______. But my
favorite
subject is
______.
first
yours
science
math
art
music
about
favorite
Practice the conversation with your partner. Then make your own conversations.
What’s your
favorite subject?
My favorite
subject is
art.
1
c
What's your favorite subject?
Recite the conversation in 1b and role-play
it
with your partner.
Hi, Anna! How's your first day of school?
Hey, Linda! It's good. I'm happy to see all my friends. What about you?
Me, too. And my classes are great.
What's your favorite subject?
My favorite subject is science. What's yours?
Hmm. Well, I like art and math. But my favorite subject is music.
I.
写出下列科目名称
。
A.
音乐
_____
B.
美术
______
C.
语文
__________
D.
数学
_______
E.
科学
______
F.
体育
______
G.
地理
___________ H.
历史
______
Ⅱ
.
翻译下列句子。
(1)
你最喜欢的科目是什么?
(2)
我最喜欢地理。
What’s your favorite subject?
My favorite subject is geography.
music art Chinese math
science
P.E.
geography history
Exercises
Ⅲ.
根据实际情况回答下列问题。
1.What's your favorite subject?
2.What's your best friend's favorite subject?
3.What's your grandmother's favorite food?
4.What's your parents' favorite month?
5.What's your deskmate's favorite book?
art
science
music
math
P.E.
Chinese
history
biology
English
geography
politics
computer
Summary
Translate the subjects into Chinese.
What's your favorite subject? Why?
1. Remember the new words.
2. Ask your parents what subjects
they learned and write them down.
Homework
Section A 2a-2d
To be able to talk about preferences and give reasons by using:
What's your favorite subject?
My favorite subject is ...
Why do you like ...?
Because it's ...
To learn the days of a week.
Language Goals
To talk about your favorite subjects and tell your classmates the reason.
Emotional Goal
subjects
Review
—
do you remember?
B: My favorite subject is
.
P.E
.
What’s your favorite subject?
A: What’s your
favorite
subject?
why
because
Monday
Friday
Saturday
for sure
adv.
为什么
conj.
因为
n.
星期一
n.
星期五
n.
星期六
确实;毫无疑问地
New words
fun
interesting
boring
difficult
relaxing
useful
(
有用的
)
cool(
妙极的
)
f
free(
空闲的
)
Do you know their meaning?
fun
interesting
difficult
relaxing
cool
useful
Describe the subjects using the adjectives above.
Why
do you like...?
Because
it is
...
Small talk
Days of a week
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
星期一
星期二
星期三
星期四
星期五
星期六
星期日
Weekdays
(
工作日
)
Weekends
(周末)
Sunday
在古英文中的意思是
sun’s day
(
属于太阳的日子
)
。对基督徒而言,星期日是“安息日”,因为耶稣复活的日子是在星期日。约在西元三百年左右,欧洲教会和政府当局开始确定星期日为休息的日子,直到今日,世界上大多数的国家都以
Sunday
星期日为假日
。
你知道吗?
The first day of a week is
.
Sunday
注意哟
Put the days in the right order.
Wednesday
Thursday
Monday
Sunday
Saturday
Tuesday
Friday
考一考
看谁反应最快
图片中没有星期几?
Which day do you like best? Why?
My favorite day is Wednesday. Because I have music.
Small talk
Which day do you like best? Why do you like it?
2a
Listen and put the conversation in order.
1
2
3
4
Pair work
A: What’s your favorite subject?
B: My favorite subject is...
A: Why do you like...?
B: Because it’s...
Work in pairs to make your own conversations by using:
Listen and match the subjects you hear with the descriptions.
Subjects
1. art
2. science
3. music
4. P.E.
5. math
6. Geography
7. history
Descriptions
Fun
interesting
c. Boring
d. Difficult
e. relaxing
2b
根据单词做出表情。
interesting
boring
difficult
relaxing
What do you think of the subjects above? Make your own conversations using the words in 2b.
Science.
Because it’s interesting
.
What’s your favorite subject?
Why do you like science.
2c
Frank:
Hi, Bob. How’s your day?
Bob:
It’s OK. I like Monday because
I have P.E. and history. They’re
my favorite subjects.
Frank:
Who’s your P.E. teacher?
Bob:
Mr. Hu. He is always plays
games with us.
Role-play the conversation.
2d
Frank:
That’s great! But why do you like
history? It’s boring.
Bob:
Oh, I think history is interesting.
What’s your favorite day?
Frank:
Friday.
Bob:
Why?
Frank:
Because the next day is Saturday!
Bob:
Haha! That’s for sure. I like Friday, too.
Read the dialogue in 2d, then answer the questions below.
What are Bob’s favorite subjects?
2. Why does Bob like history?
3. What’s Frank’s favorite day?
4. Why does Frank like that day?
His favorite subjects are P.E. and history.
Because it’s interesting.
Frank’s favorite day is Friday.
Because the next day is Saturday.
Role-play
Role play the conversation in groups
;
Role play the conversation in front of the class.
What’s your favorite day, dad?
My
favorite day is Sunday.
Why
do you
like Sunday?
Because I can relax on this day.
What’s your sister’s favorite number?
Her
favorite number is one.
Why does she like one?
Because it’s the first.
Why
does she
like blue?
Because it’s the color of the sea.
注意:出现
he/she/it
单数时,动词要变成单数第三人称形式!
What’s
her
favorite color?
Her
favorite color is blue.
翻译句子。
1.
你最喜欢什么颜色?
Language points
【链接】
favorite
可以与
like…best
互换使用
What’s your
favorite
subject?
= What subject do you
like best
?
【点拨】
What’s your favorite …?
用来询问对方的最爱,
意为“你最喜欢的
……
是什么” ?
— What’s your favorite
fruit
?
— Bananas.
补全对话。
— Mr. Lee’s history is very interesting.
— ____. We all like his classes.
A. I don’t know B. You’re welcome C. That’s for sure
C
【点拨】
That’s for sure
表示完全赞同他人的观点,相当于 汉语中的“那是肯定的” 、“ 确实是这样的” 或“完全没有问题”。
如:
— Geography is too difficult. —
That’s for sure.
I.
根据句意及汉语提示,填写单词,完成句子。
1. Her _______ (
最喜欢的
) color is white.
2. Jim likes volleyball _______ (
因为
) it’s exciting.
3. Our class has a book sale _________ (
周六
).
4. I’m busy. I have no _____ (
时间
) this month.
5. _______ (
历史
) is an interesting subject.
Exercise
s
favorite
because
Saturday
time
History
II.
翻译句子。
1. —
他最喜欢的颜色是什么?
—
他最喜欢的颜色是紫色。
2. —
你为什么喜欢数学?
—
因为它很有趣。
—What’s his favorite color?
—His favorite color is purple.
—Why do you like math?
—Because it’s interesting.
1.
单词:
why because Monday Friday
Saturday
2.
短语:
for sure have geography play
games with us your favorite day
Summary
3.
句子
—What’s
your
favorite subject?
—My favorite
subject is art.
—
What’s
his/her
favorite subject?
—His/her favorite
subject is art.
—Why
do you
like math?
—Because
it’s interesting.
—Why
does he/she
like P.E?
—Because
it’s exciting.
Homework
1. Try to describe your favorite things such as
colors, fruit, vegetables.
2. Do you know your family members’ favorite
things? Ask them and talk about your family
members’ with your classmates.
Section A Grammar Focus-3c
To learn to ask and answer
What-
questions
,
Why-
questions,
When-
questions and
Who-
questions
.
Language Goal
To learn
to express your preference
and tell
the reason.
To learn
to describe things related
to
you.
Emotional Goals
Review
Can you put the days in order?
A:What subject does he like?
B:He likes _____________.
A:Why does he like it?
B:Because _______________.
.
Talk about the pictures.
A:What subject does she like?
B:She likes _____________.
A:Why does she like it?
B:Because _______________..
A:What subject do they like?
B:They like _____________.
A:Why do they like it?
B:Because _______________..
What’s your favorite subject?
My favorite subject is science.
What’s his favorite subject?
His favorite subject is Chinese.
What’s her favorite subject?
Her favorite subject is art.
Why does Bob like history?
Because it’s interesting.
Why do Frank and Bob like P.E.?
Because it’s fun.
Who’s your music teacher?
My music teacher is Ms. Xie.
When is your geography class?
It’s on Monday and Friday.
Grammar Focus
Grammar focus
1. What's your favorite subject? _______________________________.
你最喜欢什么科目? 我最喜欢的科目是历史。
Why do you like it? Because it is __________.
你为什么喜欢它? 因为它很容易。
2. What's his favorite subject? ____________________________.
他最喜欢的科目是什么? 他最喜欢的科目是数学。
Why does he like it? Because it is _____________.
他为什么喜欢它? 因为它很有趣。
3. What's her favorite subject? ____________________________.
她最喜欢的科目是什么? 她最喜欢的科目是音乐。
Why does she like it? Because it is __________.
她为什么喜欢它? 因为它是令人放松的。
My favorite subject is history
His favorite subject is math
Her favorite subject is music
easy
interesting
relaxing
Pair work
Practice the conversations in Grammar Focus with your partner. Then close your text book and perform your conversations in front of your class.
What
When
Who
Why
Which
什么
什么时候
谁
为什么
哪一个
Let’s see
Fill
in the blanks with
what, who or why.
A: ______ do you like history?
B
: Because it’s interesting.
2.
A
: ______ likes math?
B
: Eric does.
3.
A
: ______ is your favorite subject?
B
: My favorite subject is P.E.
4.
A
: ______ is your science teacher?
B
: My science teacher is Mr. Chen.
5
. A
: ______ do you like art?
B
: Because it’s fun.
Why
Who
What
Who
Why
3a
Which day do you like best?
Wednesday.
Why do you like Wednesday?
Because I have geography.
Why do you like geography?
Because it's interesting.
Who is your geography teacher?
Mrs. Wang.
Choose two pictures and make your own conversations.
Write questions for the answers.
Questions
Answers
_________________________________?
Because history is interesting.
_________________________________?
Science and math.
________________________________?
His Chinese class is on Monday.
_________________________________?
Mary’s favorite subject is art.
_________________________________?
My geography teacher is Mrs. Qin.
Why does he like history
Which subject do you like
When is his Chinese class
What’s Mary’s favorite subject
Who is your geography teacher
3b
Interview three classmates and complete the chart.Then tell your group about the results.
A:
What’s
your
favorite subject, Jingjing?
B:
Music.
A:
Why do you
like music?
B:
Because it’s fun.
A:
Who’s your
music teacher?
B:
Ms. Xie.
3c
Name
Favorite subject
(What)
Reason
(Why)
Teacher
(Who)
Li Jingjing
music
It’s fun.
Ms. Xie
特殊疑问句
以疑问词开头,常用的疑问词有
what, who, when, how, why
等 (因大多数疑问词均以
wh-
开头,所以特殊疑问句又被称为
wh-
问句
)
一、
when
when
作疑问副词, “什么时候,何时”用来询问时间,既可询问某个时段或时刻,也可询问具体的日期
。
例如:
When does he go to school
?
When
is your class meeting?
Language points
二、
why
why
作疑问副词,“为什么”
用来询问原因或理由
对于
why
引导的特殊疑问句,答句通常用
because
— Why do you like geography?
— Because it’s fun.
注意
:
because(
因为
)
和
so(
所以
)
在
英语中不能同时使用
,
只能选择其一。
Because
we are good friends, we help each other
.
= We are good friends,
so
we help each other.
三、
who
who
作疑问代词,
“谁”
对句中表人的主语、宾语或表语提问
Who
is your best friend? (
提问主语
)
Who
does he play soccer with? (
提问宾语
)
Who
is the man in the room? (
提问表语
)
四、
what
what
作疑问代词, “什么” 多询问某物,可以对句中的主语、宾语或表语提问
。
What
is your first name? (
提问表语
)
What
does your sister like? (
提问宾语
)
What
’s
on the desk? (
提问主语
)
what
还可作限定词,和其他名词
(
如
sport, color
等
)
一起引导特殊疑问句
。
What
sports
do you
like?
What
color
is her T-shirt?
1. ____ is your favorite subject?
A
. How
B
. What
C
. How much
D
. Where
2. The boy doesn’t 1ike math, ___it’s boring
.
A
. why
B
. because
C
. and
D
. or
B
B
I.
用适当的
Wh-
疑问词填空,使对话完整。
1
. — _____ is
David’s
favorite teacher?
— Mr. Wang.
2. — _____ does your sister like science?
— Because it’s interesting.
3. — ______ is your breakfast?
— It’s at 9:00.
4. — ______ is your
sister’s
favorite fruit?
— Orange.
Why
Who
What
When
Exercise
s
Ⅱ.
单项选择。
1.
I
don
’
t
like history because it
is
______.
A
.
interesting
B
.
tired
C
.
exciting
D
.
boring
2
._____
is
your art teacher?
A
.
What
B
.
Who
C
.
When
D
.
Whose
3. She gets up
_____seven ____the
morning.
A. in; at B. at; on C. at; in D. on; on
4. It's
_____to
play football.
A. a fun B. funs C. fun D. funny
D
B
C
C
Ⅲ.
用
方框中单词的适当形式填空。
Lin Mei has a very
_______
day
______
November 11th. She has an
________
class at eight o'clock. She likes English but she doesn't like math. She
_______
art at ten. Her
_______
subject is P. E. Because it is
_________
. She has P. E. at 11:00. She
_______
her music teacher. She has music at two. Her volleyball
_______
is at three. It's cool. After class she has sports at school. It's really a busy day.
like,class,English,busy,interesting,have,on, favorite
busy
class
likes
interesting
favorite
has
English
on
Who
are you?
Summary
What
’s your favorite subject?
Why
do you like it?
When
is your...class?
Which
day do you like best? Why?
Answer the questions:
—
_____
is your art teacher?
— Mr.Miller
. He is my favorite teacher.
What
B. Where
C
. How
D. Who
中考链接
什么
怎么样
哪里
D
谁
Think and write down your favorite things and reason. How many things can you think out?
Homework
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Section B 1a-1d
To learn the adjectives:
fun, interesting, boring, easy, difficult, free, cool...
To describe subjects and the school schedule.
Language Goals
To descibe the subjects you like and don't like.
To learn to introduce your school schedule.
Emotional Goals
free
cool
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Sunday
A.M.
adj.
空闲的
adj.
极妙的;酷的
n.
星期二
n.
星期三
n.
星期四
n.
星期日
(=a.m.)
上午
New words
Let's talk.
What day is it today?
Are you busy or free?
What will you do today?
Describe the pictures
fun
interesting
free
boring
difficult
busy
Match the words on the left with their opposites
on the right.
1a
boring easy
interesting
difficult fun
free
busy cool
Complete the words and say their meaning.
b__r___ng
f___e____
b___ ____y
int___rest____ng
c__ ___l
f____n
d___ffic___lt
o
i
e
r
s
u
i
e
o
o
u
u
i
boring easy
difficult interesting
busy fun
free
cool
Listen and check(√) the words in 1a.
1b
√
√
Listen again. Circle the classes David talks about
on this
schedule.
1c
Listen and complete the conversation.
Hi, David. How are you? Are you OK?
No, I'm not.
What's wrong?
It's __________.
So?
I have two ______ classes on Tuesday.
You don't like _______?
No. It's so _________! My father says it's ___________. But I don't think so.
So what's your favorite subject?
___________. It's __________ but ____________!
When is your ________ class?
It's on _______, ____________, Thursday and __________. I have to go now! I have _______, _________and ________this morning.
OK, see you at ______ class.
Bye!
Tuesday
Chinese
interesting
Chinese
Wednesday
Monday
Friday
math
science
history
music
math
math
difficult
interesting
difficult
THINK
讨论:做听力练习时,如何听得又快又准确?和同学分享你的好方法吧!
It's __________...I have two ______ classes on Tuesday.
Small tips:
1.
听前一定要先熟悉文本,有目的、有针对性地听。
2.
通过上下文推断答案。
3.
比较长的词汇或需要听的内容过于密集时用容易记录的符号等代替
,
如科目、星期几、日期等。
Role-play
Practice the conversation with your partner, and then repeat it to your classmates.
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
00:00-11:59 A.M.
12:00-23:59 P.M.
03:00 3 o’clock A.M.
18:00 6 o’clock P.M.
the morning
the afternoon
the evening
in
on
at
Let's learn.
08:00 o’clock
12:00 o’clock
20:00 o’clock
the morning
the afternoon
the evening
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
...
in
on
at
Match.
Conversation
What’s
your
favorite subject?
My
favorite subject is
music
.
Why
do you
like
music
?
Because it’s
relaxing.
Conversation
When is the class?
It’s
on Wednesday.
Conversation
Who is your music teacher?
Miss Guo.
Conversation
Practice with your partner.
A: What’s
your
favorite subject?
B:
My
favorite subject is
music
.
A: Why
do you
like
music
?
B: Because it’s
relaxing
.
A: When is the class?
B: It’s
on Wednesday
.
A: What’s David’s favourite subject?
B
:
_________________.
A: Why does he like ____________
?
B: Because it’s __________.
A: When is the Class?
B: It’s on ______________.
Talk about David’s favorite subject with your partner. Then talk about your favorite subject.
1d
A: What’s
David’s
favorite subject?
B:
His
favorite subject is...
A: Why
does he
like...?
B: Because it’s...
A: When is the class?
B: It’s...
Practice with your partner, and make your own conversations.
Exercises
1.I think it is _____useful book.
A.an B.a C.the D./
2.—Why do you like English? —Because I think it is very ________.
A.
interesting
B.difficult C.tidy D.boring
3.The dictionary is ________ for my daughter.I want to buy it.
A.cool B.interesting C.useful D.free
4.Jenny likes Tuesday________her favorite subject is on Tuesday.
A.after B.but C.so D.because
Ⅰ.
单项选择。
B
A
C
D
1. does, sister, like, your, music, why
2. favorite, green and blue, mother’s, is, my, color
3. math and Chinese, on, morning, we, have, Monday
Why does your sister like music?
My mother’s favorite color is green and blue.
We have math and Chinese on Monday morning.
Ⅱ .
连词成句,并翻译句子。
1.Use the adjectives to describe your subject.
Sample: History is
boring
but
useful
.
2.List all the adjectives you know.
Summary
Homework
1. Remember the words and expressions in this lesson.
2. Practice the conversations:
What's your favorite subject? ...
Why do you like it? Because...
What's your favorite day? ...
Why do you like...? Because...
Write your conversations down.
Section B 2a-2c
To Read Yu Mei’s letter to find out her preferences about subjects
.
To
learn to write about your daily class schedule and your preferences about subjects
.
Language Goals
To learn to describe your class schedule, and learn to descibe your subjects.
Emotional Goal
P.M.
say
useful
from
from... to...
Mrs.
finish
lesson
hour
(=p.m.)
下午
v.
说;讲
adj.
有用的;有益的
prep.
从
……
开始
从
……
到
……
太太;夫人
v.
完成;做好
n.
课;一节课
n.
小时
New words
Talk about the subjects
P.E.
history
math
e
science
e
music
e
biology
art
e
geography
English
e
Chinese
e
fun
interesting
boring
difficult
relaxing
useful
cool
f
free
Think about the words to describe
(
描述
)
these subjects.
music _________ art ________
English _________ history ________
science _________ Chinese ________
P.E. _________ math ________
Geography _________
What do you think of these subjects? Write a description for each one.
relaxing
relaxing interesting fun cool magic easy boring difficult
interesting
magic
fun
cool
boring
easy
difficult
boring
2a
have
与学科名称搭配,表示“上某一学科的课”。英语中,
have
与不同的名词搭配可表示不同的含义。如:
have a class/lesson
上课
have breakfast/lunch/dinner
吃早
/
午
/
晚饭
have a soccer game
举行足球比赛
have a party
举办聚会
Let’s learn
Now, make sentences on your own.
e.g. I have music at 15:00.
At
11:00, I
have
Chinese.
I
have
P.E.
at
11:00.
Small talk
Dear Jenny,
I am very busy on Friday. At 8:00 I have math. It is not
fun. The teacher says it is useful, but I think it is difficult.
Then at 9:00 I have science. It is difficult but interesting.
At 10:00 I have history. After that, I have P.E. at 11:00.
It is easy and fun. Lunch is from 12:00 to 1:00, and after
that we have Chinese. It is my favorite subject.
Read the following letter. Underline the subjects Yu Mei likes. Circle the subjects she doesn’t like. Are Yu Mei’s ideas the same as yours?
`
`
2b
Our Chinese teacher, Mrs. Wang, is great fun. My
classes finish at 1:50, but after that I have an art
lesson for two hours. It is really relaxing! How about
you? When are your classes? What is your favorite
subject?
Your friend,
Yu Mei
Questions
What does Yu Mei do at 8:00?
What does Yu Mei do at 9:00?
What does she think of science?
She has math at 8:00.
She has science at 9:00.
She thinks science is difficult, but interesting.
4. What’s her favorite subject?
5. Who is her Chinese teacher?
6. How does she feel about art lesson?
7. How long does she have art lesson after class?
Her favorite subject is Chinese.
Her Chinese teacher is Mrs. Wang.
She feels that it is really relaxing.
She has the art lesson for two hours.
Complete the chart.
Subject
Description
math
not fun/useful/difficult
Now practice reading the passage and then retell Yu Mei's schedule.
Complete Yu Mei’s schedule with the information in 2b.
Friday
Time
Subjects/
Activities
Time
Subjects/
Activities
8:00 to 8:50
12:00 to12:50
9:00 to 9:50
1:00 to 1:50
10:00 to 10:50
2:00 to 4:00
11:00 to 11:50
math
science
history
P.E.
Chinese
lunch
art
2c
Look at the schedule in 2c and make
sentences with your partner:
Chinese
is from
1:00
to
1:50
.
1.
Lunch is
from
12:00
to
1:00, ...
十二点钟到一点钟为午餐(时间)
……
介词短语
from... to...
表示
“从
……
到
……
”
,用来表述时间、
地点等范围。
例如:
from Monday to Friday
从周一到周五
from Beijing to Shanghai
从北京到上海
Language points
2.
Our Chinese teacher, Mrs. Wang, is great
fun
.
我们的语文王老师是个很有意思的人。
此句中的
fun
不是形容词,而是一个
名词
,表示
“有意思的
人;逗人开心的人;有趣的人”
。在这种用法中,
fun
前面
可搭配
great, a lot of
等词。
例如:
We had
a lot of fun
at Sarah’s party.
我们在萨拉的聚会上玩得很开心。
3.
My classes finish at 1:50, but after that I have an art
lesson for two hours
.
我们学校的课(下午)一点五十分结束,但随后我要上两个小时的美术课。
(1)class
和
lesson
:
①当表示
“学校的课”
时,
class
和
lesson
区别不大
,美式英语中常用
class
,英式英语中常用
lesson
。
例如:
Classes start at 9 o’clock.
(学校)九点开始上课。
(英式英语:
Lessons start at 9 o’clock.
)
②当表示
“某种技能、技巧性的课程”
时,常用
lesson
,较少用
class
。
例如:
piano lessons
钢琴课,
driving lessons
驾驶课。
③当表示
“教材中的教学单元;课”
时,常用
lesson
。
class
则还有“班;班级”的含义。
例如:
Now, Class, please open your books to lesson 9.
同学们,现在请打开书,翻到第九课。
(2)
an art lesson for two hours
表示
“一节两小时的美术课”
,此句中的介词
for
表示
“持续某段时间”
。
例如:
I have a class/lesson for 45 minutes at school. What about you?
我们学校一节课四十五分钟。你们(学校)呢?
关于英文书信和电子邮件
称谓
正文
落款
Dear...,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Your friend/Yours,
...
1.
我喜欢科学,它有点难,但是很有用。
I like __________. It’s __________, but it’s ___________.
2.
午饭后我上音乐课。
____________ lunch, I ____________ music.
3.
我们所有的课程
4
:
30
结束。
All our ____________ finish ________ 4:30.
4.
我喜欢历史,因为历史课很有趣。
I like ____________,
because it’
s ____________.
I.
根据汉语意思补全句子。
science
difficult
useful
After
have
classes
at
history
interesting
Exercises
Ⅱ
.
翻译句子。
1. So we have the same classes every day.
2. She wants to be a singer in the future.
3. In my free time, I like watching TV in my room.
4. Sports are good for us, I think you should come with me.
因此我们每天上同样的课。
她将来想成为一名歌手。
在我空闲时,我喜欢在我的房间里看电视。
体育运动对我们有好处,我认为你应该和我一起来。
1. Let's talk about our schedule.
I have...at...on...morning.
I have...at...on...afternoon.
...
2.What's your favorite subject? Why?
How do you think of your other subjects?
Summary
根据自己的课程
表,给远方的亲戚写一封信介绍
自己周一到周五的课程表,并用所学形容词描述这
些课程。
Homework
Dear...
,
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
I'd like to tell you my school schedule. I have...at...on Monday morning...
Section B 3a-Self Check
To
be able to write an English letter to
describe school
classes
.
To review the knowledge in this unit.
Language Goals
To learn
to write letters in English. And if possible, make a pen pal.
Emotional Goal
◇Let’s talk.
Do you have a pen
pal
(
笔友
)?
Who is he/she?
Do you like him/her?
What do you often talk about with each other?
Read Jenny’s letter, and tell your partner what do you know after reading her letter.
◇
Let’s
talk.
Dear friend,
“What is your favorite subject?” Miss Wang
asks me
.
I
don’t like
any(
任何
)
subject. I like
basketball only
.
I
like to play with my dog, Nick. His name is
Nick
,
he
is 2 years old. Nick doesn’t like subjects.
But
his
“
subject” is only
running around(
跑来
跑去
)
with me.
We’re
good friends.
Yours
,
Jenny
What do you know from Jenny's letter?
Hi,
Mei Ling,
Thank you for your E-mail.
I want to meet you on Friday
afternoon, but I am really busy.
Let’s meet on Saturday.
Is that OK with you?
Dale
I have P.E. at 1:00. P.E. is fun.
Then at 2:00 I have math. It is boring. At 3:00 I have art. It is cool.
Number
these parts of an E-mail (1-3).
2
3
1
3a
Write down the letter on your paper. Then practice reading it and try to retell it to your partner.
Pair work
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Friday
Time
Subjects
Time
Subjects
Fill in the
schedule
below
for your classes
on
Friday.
8:00
to 8:50
math
9:00
to 9:50
Chinese
10:00 to 10:50
music
11:00 to 11:50
English
14:00 to 14:50
history
15:00 to 15:50
computer
16:00 to 16:50
P.E
.
3b
Now write an e-mail message to a friend about your Friday.
称谓:
正文:
落
款:
Dear ...,
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your friend/Yours,
...
3c
Descriptions
School subjects
Days of the week
interesting
English
Monday
1
Add more words in each box.
relaxing
cool
easy
useful
difficult
boring
…
Chinese
science
math
P.E
.
art
geography
…
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Self Check
2
Complete the questions with
what, when, who
or
why
. Then answer the questions.
is
your favorite subject?
do you like it?
is your music teacher?
4. is your math class?
What
My favorite subject is
English/Chinese/Math
…
Why
Because
it’s
…
Who
My music teacher
is
…
/
…
is my music teacher.
When
I have a math class
at/on
…
/It’s at/on
…
Ⅰ.
用所给词的正确形式填空
。
1. Math is very _________(use) to us.
2. The book is very _____________(interest).
3. My mother __________(watch) TV from 7:30 p.m.
to 9:00 p.m. every day.
useful
interesting
watches
Exercises
4. __________(Eric) favorite day is Sunday.
5. I’m sure you like some ____________(subject).
I like math and English.
6. After dinner I watch TV for two ______ (hour).
Eric’s
subjects
hours
1. I don’t like playing ping-pong
because
it’s ______.
A
. funny
B
. relaxing
C
. boring
2.
— What’s
your favorite subject?
— ______
.
A. Yes
B
. Science
C
. Football
3.
—
Why don’t
you like
math?
—
Because it’s
_________
.
A. interesting
B
. fun
C
. difficult
C
B
C
II.
单项选择。
4. I like music _______
it’s
relaxing
.
A
.
Because B
. but
C
. why
D
. or
5. Why ______ your mother like red sweaters?
A. do
B
. is
C
. are
D
.
does
D
A
Ⅲ
.
阅
读理解。
Dear
L
iu
Y
ing,
I'm Lucy from
N
anjing
No.
1
M
iddle
S
chool
.
I am 12 years old
a
nd we are the same age. Now I want to tell you something about my school
.
I have lessons from Monday to Friday
. W
e have
P.E.,
m
usic
,
Chinese
,
math and science on Monday. My favorite subject
is
science. I think it is interesting and useful. So Monday is my favorite day. Mr. Lin is my Chinese teacher. He is great
fun a
nd I like him very much. I like Chinese
,
too. I don't like Friday, because I have math on that day
a
nd I think
it
is very boring
.
I have no time to play after school. I have much
homework
to do.
How about you? Please
e-
mail me.
Your friend
,
Lucy
1.
Lucy
______.
A.
is in China now
B.
is 13 years old
C.
likes
P.E.
very much D has Chinese on Friday
2.
Lucy likes science because
_______.
A
.
she has it on Monday B
.
her science teacher is nice
C.
it is
fun
and useful D.
i
t is easy and interesting.
3.
画线单词
“it”
指代的是
______.
A
.
math
B.
music
C.
Monday
D.
Friday
4.
画线单词
“homework”
的中文意思是
_______.
A.
购物清单
B.
教学计划
C.
家庭作业
D.
工作总结
5.
下列哪项陈述是正确的?
________
A
.
Lucy has art on Monday B
.
Friday
is Lucy's
favorite day
C. L
iu
Y
ing is 13 years old
D.
Lucy goes to school five days a week.
A
D
C
A
C
Summary
Subjects:
P.E./art/science/music/math/Chinese
geography/history
Description:
fun/interesting/boring/difficult/relaxing
free/cool/useful
Days
of the week:
Monday/Tuesday/Wednesday
Thursday/Friday/Saturday/Sunday
Wh-:
what/who/when/why/which
Words
Phrases
have math
= have
a math class
have volleyball
= play
volleyball
after lunch after class
be
busy
be
useful
be difficult
be
interesting
be boring
be
relaxing
be fun
for
two
hours
Sentences
1
. What’s
your
favorite
subject
?
My
favorite
subject
is
geography
.
2. Why
do you
like
history
?
Because
it’s
interesting
.
3. When is your
math
class?
It’s
on
Monday and Thursday
.
4. Who is
your
English
teacher?
My
English
teacher is
Mr. Wang
.
Homework
仿照练习
Ⅲ
(阅读理解)中的文章,根据实际情况
,
给
你的笔友
Paul
写一封信,介绍自己的学校。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Dear Paul,
相关文档
- 2020人教版英语七年级上册unit8单2021-10-11176页
- 2020人教版英语七年级上册unit7单2021-10-11193页
- 人教版英语七(上)期末复习题 (1)2021-10-115页
- 人教版英语七上册章节练习人教版英2021-10-1117页
- 人教版英语七年级上册所有单元知识2021-10-118页
- 人教版英语七上册章节练习人教版英2021-10-1112页
- 初一人教版英语上册单词表2021-10-1132页
- 人教版英语七上册章节练习人教版英2021-10-1113页
- 人教版英语七上册章节练习人教版英2021-10-1115页
- 人教版英语七(上)期末复习题2021-10-113页